Resolution modifying the General Provisions applicable to general warehouse receipts, exchange houses, credit unions and multiple-object financial companies regulated

44 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024 SECRETARY OF FINANCE AND PUBLIC CREDIT RESOLUTION modifying the General Provisions applicable to general warehouse receipts, exchange houses, credit unions and multiple-object financial companies regulated.

At the margin, a seal with the National Coat of Arms, which reads: United Mexican States.- FINANCE.- Secretary of Finance and Public Credit.- National Banking and Securities Commission.

The National Banking and Securities Commission, based on the provisions of articles 40, fraction XXVIII; 46, first and second paragraphs; 65 and 74 of the Credit Unions Law; 98 Bis of the Credit Institutions Law, as well as 4, fractions II, IV, V, XXXVI and XXXVIII and 16, fraction I of the National Banking and Securities Commission Law, and

CONSIDERING

That in accordance with article 78 of the General Law for Regulatory Improvement and with the aim of reducing the compliance cost of this modifying resolution, this decentralized body, through said resolution, modifies the methodologies for the qualification of the commercial credit portfolio of credit unions, thereby flexibilizing the regulation by obtaining preventive capital reserves that will no longer be considered as excessive; likewise, some accounting criteria are repealed, eliminating the obligation for credit unions to include them in their financial statements;

That during the financial crisis that began in 2008, insufficient and late recognition of credit losses was identified as one of the weaknesses in the existing accounting standards, so in July 2014, International Financial Reporting Standard 9 Financial Instruments (IFRS9, by its name and acronym in English) was issued, which was adopted by the Mexican Council of Financial Reporting Standards, A.C. (CINIF), publishing eight new Financial Reporting Standards (NIF) that entered into force on January 1, 2018, and

That, based on the NIF, the National Banking and Securities Commission has undertaken the task of adapting the regulation applicable to entities under its supervision to the new international framework, in order to have transparent financial information comparable with other countries. In this sense, it is necessary to modify the regulatory framework applicable to credit unions, in order to incorporate updates in matters of accounting criteria, portfolio qualification, approval, dissemination and content of financial statements, regulatory reports, as well as standards in matters of financial information disclosure, which is why it has resolved to issue the following:

RESOLUTION MODIFYING THE GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO GENERAL WAREHOUSE RECEIPTS, EXCHANGE HOUSES, CREDIT UNIONS AND MULTIPLE-OBJECT FINANCIAL COMPANIES REGULATED

SOLE.- Articles 1, fractions XXV Bis and XLI Bis; 49, Series R03, in its name to be called Investments in financial instruments, as well as its report I-0391, Series R10, reports A-1011 and A-1012, Series R12, reports A-1219 and A-1220, as well as Series R13, reports A-1311, B-1321 and B-1322; 86 Bis 19, second paragraph; 86 Bis 20, third paragraph; 86 Bis 25, first paragraph; 87, fraction V; 89; 90; 93; 94; 95; 96; 97; 98; 100; 101; 139, second paragraph; 140, Series B, criterion B-1; Series D, criteria D-1, D-2 and D-3; 141; 142; 143; 144; 145; 146; 147; 148; 149; 150; 151; 153, first paragraph; 154; 155; 157 and 158, first paragraph; as well as in Title Seven, Chapter II, First Section, the name of Section A to be called Qualification; and of Chapter VI, the name of the First Section to be called Accounting, Valuation of Securities and other financial instruments, as well as financial information and its disclosure; are REFORMED; fractions III Bis, IV Bis, XXIII Bis 1, XL Bis and XLVIII Bis are ADDED to article 1; reports C-0454, C-0455 and C-0456 are ADDED to article 49, Series R04; fractions VIII and IX are ADDED to article 87; articles 90 Bis; 93 Bis; 93 Bis 1; 93 Bis 2; 93 Bis 3; 93 Bis 4; 95 Bis; 96 Bis; 96 Bis 1; 101 Bis; 140, Series C with criterion C-3 Securitization operations; 141 Bis; 142 Bis; 142 Bis 1; 143 Bis; 144 Bis and 159 Bis; Title Seven, Chapter VI, First Section, Section B, with a Subsection A called General Provisions, a Subsection B called Internal Valuation Models and a Subsection C called Hiring of Price Providers; as well as with a Chapter VII called Other provisions comprising article 159 Bis 1; additionally, Annexes 19 A and 21 A; are DEROGATED from articles 86 Bis 23, fraction IV, and 87, fraction IV; articles 91; 92; 99; from article 140, Series B, criteria B-2, B-4 and B-10, and from Series C criteria C-1 and C-2; from Title Seven, Chapter II, First Section, Section B, as well as Second Section and its articles 102 and 103, in addition to Third Section and its articles 104 and 105; likewise, Annexes 20 and 22; and Annexes 4, 10, 19, 21 and 34 of the General Provisions applicable to general warehouse receipts, exchange houses, credit unions and multiple-object financial companies regulated, published in the Official Journal of the Federation on January 19, 2009 and last modified by the resolution published in that medium of dissemination on December 27, 2023, are SUBSTITUTED, to remain as follows:

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 45 INDEX TITLES FIRST to SIXTH . . . TITLE SEVENTH . . . Chapters I and I Bis . . . Chapter II . . . First Section . . . Section A Qualification Section B Constitution of estimates and their classification by risk degree (Repealed) Section C . . . Section D . . . Second Section Classification of preventive estimates (Repealed) Third Section Presentation of results (Repealed) Chapters II Bis to V . . . Chapter VI . . . First Section Accounting, Valuation of Securities and other financial instruments, as well as financial information and its disclosure Section A . . . Section B . . . Subsection A General provisions Subsection B Internal Valuation Models Subsection C Hiring of Price Providers Second Section . . . Chapter VII Other provisions TITLE EIGHTH . . . TRANSITORY PROVISIONS

46 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024 LIST OF ANNEXES ANNEXES 1 to 3 . . . ANNEX 4 Accounting criteria for credit unions. ANNEXES 5 to 18 . . . ANNEX 19 Determination of total credit score for commercial portfolio credits. ANNEX 19 A Determination of total credit score for credits held by financial entities. ANNEX 20 (Repealed) ANNEX 21 Requirements that guarantees must meet to be recognized for purposes of determining capitalization requirement for credit risk and preventive estimates for credit risk. ANNEX 21 A Standard adjustment factors for financial guarantees. ANNEX 22 (Repealed) ANNEXES 23 to 34 . . . Article 1.- . . . I. and II. . . . II Bis. High Investment Grade: to the Rating granted by any Rating Agency that falls within Risk Degree 1 on a global scale for long term, and Risk Degrees 1 and 2 on a global scale for short term, as established in the corresponding tables for short and long term of Annex 34. III to IV. . . . IV Bis. Ratings: to the credit risk evaluations issued by Rating Agencies. V. to XXIII Bis. . . . XXIII Bis 1. Exposure at Default (EAD): to the expected position, gross of reserves, of the credit operation if the debtor defaults. The Exposure at Default cannot be less than the amount disbursed of the operation at the time of calculating the capital requirement. XXIV to XXV. . . . XXV Bis. Investment Grade: to the Rating granted by any Rating Agency that falls within Risk Degrees 2 and 3 on a global scale for long term, and Risk Degree 3 on a global scale for short term, as established in the corresponding tables for short and long term of Annex 34 of these provisions. XXV Bis 1. to XL. . . . XL Bis. Probability of Default (PD): to the probability that a borrower will not fulfill its payment obligations on time and in due form. XLI. . . . XLI Bis. Protection Provider: to the persons referred to in Groups 1, 2 and 3 described in article 78, fraction I, for capital requirements and in article 96 Bis 1 for preventive estimates, both provisions of these provisions. XLII. to XLVIII. . . . XLVIII Bis. Loss Given Default (LGD): to the loss in case of default expressed as a percentage of the Exposure at Default, once the value of the guarantees and the costs associated with realization processes (judicial, administrative collection and conveyancing, among others) are taken into account. XLIX. to LVII. . . .

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 47 Article 49.- . . . Series R01 . . . Series R03 Investments in financial instruments I-0391 Disaggregation of investments in financial instruments and reports Series R04 . . . Commercial Portfolio C-0440 . . . C-0451 . . . C-0452 . . . C-0453 . . . C-0454 Commercial credit reserves C-0455 Loss Given Default of commercial credits C-0456 Probability of Default of commercial credits Series R06 . . . Series R08 . . . Series R10 . . . A-1011 Reclassifications in the statement of financial position A-1012 Reclassifications in the statement of comprehensive income Series R12 . . . A-1219 Consolidation of the statement of financial position of the credit union with its subsidiaries A-1220 Consolidation of the statement of comprehensive income of the credit union with its subsidiaries Series R13 . . . A-1311 Statement of changes in equity A-1316 . . . B-1321 Statement of financial position B-1322 Statement of comprehensive income Series R14 . . . Series R21 . . . Article 86 Bis 19.- . . . Without prejudice to the foregoing, credit unions must establish stricter evaluation and monitoring procedures for those credits that, being in stage 2 or 3, present some deterioration, or with respect to which the agreed terms and conditions have not been fully met. . . . . . . . . . Article 86 Bis 20.- . . . . . . Credits that, as a result of permanent monitoring or because they have fallen into stage 2 or 3, will presumably have recovery problems, must be subject to a detailed evaluation, in order to timely determine the possibility of establishing new terms and conditions that increase their probability of recovery.

48 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024 Article 86 Bis 23.- . . . I. to III. . . . IV. (Repealed) . . . . . . Article 86 Bis 25.- Credit unions will perform judicial portfolio recovery functions, assigning them to an area independent of the business areas or, if applicable, to external service providers, who will carry out the judicial collection procedures required in the credit manual of the credit union. Any portfolio classified in stage 3, as established in article 90 Bis of these provisions, will be subject to this process. . . . Chapter II . . . Article 87.- . . . I. to III. . . . IV. (Repealed) V. Accounting Criteria or Accounting Standards: to the accounting criteria for credit unions referred to in Title Seven, Chapter VI and contained in Annex 4 of these provisions. VI. and VII. . . . VIII. Senior Positions: in plural or singular, to the credit portfolio and Securities that, for purposes of payment priority, have priority over other creditors of the debtor. IX. Subordinated Positions: in plural or singular, to the credit portfolio and Securities that, for purposes of their payment priority, are situated behind other creditors of the debtor. First Section Of the Commercial Credit Portfolio Section A Of the qualification Article 89.- Credit unions will qualify the Commercial Credit Portfolio using the procedure referred to in articles 90 to 98 of these provisions. Credit unions, when applying said procedure, will use for purposes of qualifying the mentioned portfolio, information on payment behavior and credit balance relative to figures as of the last day of each calendar month, and will record in their accounting at the close of each month the corresponding preventive estimates, considering the balance of the debt registered on the last day of the month. For purposes of what is established in the preceding paragraph, it will be necessary to update the payment behavior and the corresponding credit balance; however, it will not be required that credit unions update the financial information of the borrowers for the corresponding month. Article 90.- Credit unions, prior to qualifying the credits of the Commercial Credit Portfolio, will classify each of the credits into groups, depending on whether they are granted to the following persons: I. Financial entities. II. Legal and natural persons with business activity. Article 90 Bis.- Credit unions must qualify and constitute the corresponding preventive estimates for their Commercial Credit Portfolio, with figures as of the last day of each calendar month, for which they must classify from their initial recognition the entirety of their Commercial Credit Portfolio into stages of credit risk, depending on the increase in credit risk that they evidence based on the number of days of delay or default elapsed from the day of the exigibility of the first amortization of the credit that has not been covered by the borrower as of the date of portfolio qualification, according to the following table:

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 49 Credit risk stage Days of default Stage 1 For credits with days of delay less than or equal to 30 days. Stage 2 For credits with days of delay of 31 and up to 89 days. Stage 3 For credits that present 90 days or more of delay or when the credit is in stage 3 according to the terms established in these provisions and in Accounting Criterion B-5 Credit Portfolio of Annex 4. For purposes of calculating the days of delay, credit unions must consider natural days. Additionally, if credit unions have any element to determine that a credit must migrate from stage 1 to stage 2, or from stage 1 to stage 3, or from stage 2 to stage 3, they may do so without the need to comply with what is contained in the previous table. For this, credit unions must define the criteria under which such migration can be performed, which must be formalized within the credit union's policies and procedures manuals, and risk manuals and must be applied consistently. Credit unions must document in a register or log the migration of stages based on the criteria mentioned in the immediately preceding paragraph including, as a minimum, the identification of the personnel responsible for approval, the criterion under which the migration was performed, as well as the date from which this was made. The Commission may order credit unions to rectify the reserves constituted in accordance with the foregoing, when in its opinion the policies and procedures are not applied consistently, or if they do not reflect the difference between the observed credit deterioration and that identified by the credit unions. Credits granted by credit unions, which are in stage 3 and which have been subject to restructuring or renewal, must consider their stay within the mentioned stage until there is evidence of sustained payment and may migrate to a lower risk stage, provided that what is established in Accounting Criterion B-5 Credit Portfolio of Annex 4 of these provisions is complied with. Article 91.- (Repealed) Article 92.- (Repealed) Article 93.- Credit unions will qualify, constitute and register in their accounting the preventive reserves for each of the credits of their Commercial Credit Portfolio, using for such effect the balance of the debt corresponding to the last day of the month, adjusting to the procedure and information requirements established as follows: I. For those credits classified in stages 1 or 3 according to article 90 Bis of these provisions, the percentage used to determine the reserves to be constituted for each credit will be the result of multiplying the Probability of Default by the Loss Given Default by the Exposure at Default: Where: 1 3 = Amount of reserves to be constituted for the i-th credit that is in stage 1 or 3, as applicable. = Probability of Default of the i-th credit. = Loss Given Default of the i-th credit. = Exposure at Default of the i-th credit.

50 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024 II. For those credits classified in stage 2 according to article 90 Bis of these provisions, the lifetime reserve estimate will be determined according to the following formula: Where: Lifetime Reserves = Amount of reserves to be constituted for the i-th credit that is in stage 2. = Probability of Default of the i-th credit. = Loss Given Default of the i-th credit. = Exposure at Default of the i-th credit. r = Annual interest rate of the i-th credit charged to the client. This variable must be expressed to five decimal places and always be greater than zero. In cases where the annual interest rate is equal to zero, a fixed value of 0.00001% must be used. = Remaining term of the corresponding credit, number of years, according to what is contractually established, remaining to liquidate the credit as of the date of portfolio qualification, calculated as follows: In cases where the contractual term of the credit has already ended and there is still a remaining balance, the minimum horizon to consider will be an annual horizon. Regarding revolving credits, the remaining term for the i-th credit will correspond to the review term of the line granted to the borrower; in case the credit union does not have this information, the minimum term to use will be 2.5 years. The amount of reserves for credits in stage 2 will be the result of applying the following formula: Article 93 Bis.- Credit unions must assign a 100 percent to the borrower in the following cases: I. When the borrower has any credit with the credit union that is in stage 3. II. When it is probable that the debtor will not fulfill all its credit obligations before the credit union, updating such assumption when: a) The credit union considers that there could be signs of deterioration for any of the credits held by the debtor, or b) The credit union has sued the debtor for bankruptcy, or the latter has requested it. III. If the credit union has omitted for three consecutive months to report to the credit information society any credit of the borrower or if the information of any credit of the borrower related to the balance and payment behavior that must be sent to said society is outdated. Article 93 Bis 1.- Credit unions will estimate the Probability of Default of each credit ( ), as follows: I. For the credits indicated in article 90, fraction II with agricultural economic activity, as established in Annex 19, both of these provisions, with the following formula: II. For the credits indicated in article 90, fractions I and II with construction and mixed economic activity, as established in Annex 19, both of these provisions, with the following formula: In both cases the Total Credit Scorei is that resulting from applying what is stated in Annex 19 or in Annex 19 A, as applicable, to the credit .

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 51

Article 93 Bis 2.- For the determination of risk in factoring operations, credit unions shall identify who bears the credit risk; for such purposes, the factor who transmits to the credit union the credit rights held in its favor, the credit union itself as the factor, and the subject obligated to pay the corresponding credit rights shall be considered. In this regard:

I. The risk corresponds to the subject obligated to pay the credit rights, depending on the group to which it belongs, as established in Article 90 of these provisions.

II. The risk of the obligated subject regarding the credit rights may be substituted by the risk of the factor, when the joint obligation of the latter is agreed upon in the document formalizing the factoring operation.

III. Only credit rights that are not subject to conditions or controls by which the debtor could oppose their payment may be considered.

In cases where the subject obligated to pay is not accredited by the credit union, to determine the risk of the factor, it must be calculated in accordance with what is established in Article 112 of the Single Banking Circular.

Article 93 Bis 3.- The Loss Given Default (LGD) for credits in the Commercial Credit Portfolio that lack collateral coverage shall be as follows:

I. For credits classified in Article 90, fraction I of these provisions that are in stages 1 and 2, the Loss Given Default value shall be equal to 45%.

II. For credits classified in Article 90, fraction II of these provisions that are in stages 1 and 2, the Loss Given Default value shall be equal to 55%.

III. For credits classified in stage 3, the Loss Given Default value shall be assigned according to the following table:

Months elapsed since the classification of the credit in stage 3	LGD Credits classified in Article 90, fraction I	LGD Credits classified in Article 90, fraction II
Up to 3 months	45%	55%
More than 3 and up to 6 months	55%	62%
More than 6 and up to 9 months	62%	69%
More than 9 and up to 12 months	66%	72%
More than 12 and up to 15 months	72%	77%
More than 15 and up to 18 months	75%	79%
More than 18 and up to 21 months	78%	82%
More than 21 and up to 24 months	81%	84%
More than 24 and up to 27 months	88%	90%
More than 27 and up to 30 months	91%	93%
More than 30 and up to 33 months	94%	95%
More than 33 and up to 36 months	96%	97%
More than 36 months	100%	100%

Article 93 Bis 4.- The Exposure at Default of each credit (EADi) shall be equal to the outstanding balance of the i-th credit on the date of the rating, which represents the amount of credit effectively granted to the accredited party, adjusted for accrued interest, minus principal and interest payments, as well as discounts, waivers, bonuses, and deductions that have been granted.

The amount subject to the rating shall not include uncollected accrued interest recognized in off-balance sheet accounts within the financial position statement of credits that are in stage 3.

52 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

Article 94.- When credit unions have in their Commercial Credit Portfolio guarantees that comply with what is provided in Annex 21 of these provisions, they may recognize them with the purpose of reducing the preventive estimates of the credit or credits in question, considering that:

I. They will carry out the necessary procedures for the execution and assignment of the guarantee at the moment it is placed in stage 3 in accordance with what is established in Article 90 Bis of these provisions.

In the event that the procedures for the execution of the guarantee do not begin within the 120 days following the transfer of the credit to stage 3, credit unions must cease to recognize the coverage provided by said guarantee and assign the corresponding preventive estimates in accordance with what is provided in this section.

II. They may consider the guarantee as long as guarantees granted reciprocally between persons who, in turn, guarantee the payment of the credit in question are excluded.

III. In no case may they simultaneously take guarantees in Step-and-Measure Coverage Schemes, First-Loss Coverage Schemes, and guarantees with immediate liquidity payment means and non-financial ones from the same guarantor.

IV. They will take into account the coverage of the guarantee, the way in which said guarantee was structured, and its ease of execution, considering, where applicable, other direct and contingent obligations borne by the guarantor or surety.

V. The exposed portion will retain the preventive estimates corresponding to it.

VI. They may opt not to recognize the guarantees if doing so results in higher reserves.

VII. The guarantees must be duly constituted in the form and terms established in the applicable legal provisions.

VIII. Upon receiving guarantees whose validity is subject to the fulfillment of terms and conditions by the credit union, the creditor of the guarantee, and if it fails to comply, the guarantee shall not be taken into account for the purposes of what is established in this article.

For the case of credits intended to finance the primary activity of the agricultural sector, or the marketing of agricultural products, they may reduce their preventive estimates using credit derivatives that comply with what is provided in Article 97, fraction II of these provisions.

Article 95.- Credit unions, to calculate preventive estimates for credit risk, may adjust the value of the Loss Given Default considering guarantees constituted with immediate liquidity payment means, which comply with what is established in Annex 21, fraction I of these provisions.

I. The Loss Given Default adjusted by guarantees constituted with immediate liquidity payment means (LGD*) shall correspond to:

Where:

LGDi* = Loss Given Default of the i-th position adjusted by guarantees constituted with immediate liquidity payment means.

LGDi = According to Article 93 Bis 3 of these provisions.

EADi* = Exposure at Default of the i-th credit after risk coverage determined in accordance with what is described in fraction II of this article, for the recognition of guarantees constituted with immediate liquidity payment means referred to in Annex 21, fraction I of these provisions. Credit unions must continue to calculate the Exposure at Default without taking into account the coverage through said guarantee, unless otherwise specified in these provisions.

EADi = Exposure at Default of the i-th credit, as defined in Article 93 Bis 4 of these provisions.

II. For the calculation of the Loss Given Default of the portfolio in credits covered with guarantees constituted with immediate liquidity payment means considered in Annex 21, fraction I of these provisions, credit unions will determine a risk-adjusted value of their exposures (EAD*).

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 53

For the foregoing, the following formula shall be applied:

Where:

EAD* = Risk-adjusted value of exposures.

EAD = The Exposure at Default as indicated in Article 93 Bis 4 of these provisions.

C = Book value of the guarantee constituted with immediate liquidity payment means that covers the operation.

Hfx = 8 (eight) percent in case of different denomination between the currencies of the exposure amount and the guarantee received, and 0 (zero) percent in any other case.

Hc = Adjustment factor corresponding to the guarantee constituted with immediate liquidity payment means received in accordance with what is stated in Annex 21 A of these provisions and in the following paragraph.

When the admissible guarantees for a given operation are constituted by a basket of assets, the adjustment factor (Hc) of the above formula shall be determined as the weighted average of the individual factors corresponding to each of the assets that make up the basket in question, as follows:

Where:

Hc = Adjustment factor when the admissible guarantees for a given operation are constituted by a basket of assets.

ai = Weighting of the title or instrument i comprising the portfolio.

Hi = Adjustment factor corresponding to said asset i, in accordance with what is stated in Annex 21 A of these provisions.

Article 95 Bis.- Credit unions, to calculate preventive estimates for credit risk, may adjust the value of the Loss Given Default considering non-financial guarantees that comply with what is established in Annex 21, fractions II and III of these provisions.

Credit unions may obtain an effective Loss Given Default (LGDi**) according to the following methodology:

I. The effective Loss Given Default (LGDi**) for the i-th credit shall be determined by comparing the coefficient CiGNF with the minimum admissible coverage level (C*) and the over-coverage level (C**); as well as by the type of non-financial guarantee in question or other assimilable instruments in accordance with the following table:

Effective Loss Given Default for Preferred Positions

Type of non-financial guarantee or assimilable instrument	Minimum admissible coverage level (C*)	Over-coverage level to recognize a lower LGD (LGDi**)	Minimum Loss Given Default corresponding to C**
Receivables including fiduciary rights	0%	125%	35%
Commercial and residential real estate	30%	140%	35%
Movable property and others	30%	140%	40%
Guarantee or administration trust, or both, in all cases with Own Income as the source of payment	100%	200%	10%

54 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

II. The coefficient Ci GNF for the i-th credit shall be the result of dividing the value of the received non-financial guarantee by the Estimated Exposure at Default according to the expression indicated below:

Where:

Ci GNF = Coefficient for the i-th credit of the received non-financial guarantee.

Ci = Value of the non-financial guarantee, which must correspond to the latest available valuation of said guarantee.

In the case of real estate or movable property, a value that does not exceed the current fair value of the guarantee shall be considered, in accordance with Annex 21 of these provisions. In the event of having two or more guarantees of the same type, the value of these shall be considered jointly.

In the case of own income assigned to an administration and payment source trust or any other type of legal instrument that fulfills the same purposes, the amount committed for the next 12 months shall be considered. In the event that the trust has a reserve account that serves as backing for the payment of the corresponding credit, this shall be added to the aforementioned annual amount.

EIEi = Estimated Exposure at Default of the i-th credit.

When the EIEi is guaranteed with own income assigned to an administration and payment source trust or any other type of legal instrument that fulfills the same purposes, it shall be considered as the estimated debt flow of the next 12 months (including principal and interest).

In the event that the debt is directly or indirectly related to a variable rate and does not have any interest rate hedging mechanism, the estimated annual debt flow shall be multiplied by 110 (one hundred ten) percent.

III. For purposes of determining the applicable LGDi**, non-financial guarantees shall only be considered when they comply with the requirements of Annex 21 of these provisions and the coefficient Ci GNF is greater than or equal to C*, that is, when said coefficient reaches or exceeds the minimum admissible coverage level.

IV. For each type of guarantee, the LGDi** and the levels C* and C** established in the table contained in the previous fraction shall be used.

V. The LGDi** related to the type of guarantee shall be assigned directly to the operation when the coefficient Ci GNF is greater than or equal to C**, that is, when said coefficient reaches or exceeds the over-coverage level.

VI. For credits whose coefficient Ci GNF is between the levels C* and C**, the following shall apply:

a) For each credit, the fully covered portion shall be identified by dividing the value of the non-financial guarantee by the corresponding C** level for the type of non-financial guarantee (Ci / C**), in accordance with the table contained in fraction I of this article. To said covered portion, the LGDi** associated with said C** level shall be assigned.

b) The exposed portion shall be obtained by subtracting from the EIEi the fully covered portion determined in accordance with the previous paragraph a). To this portion, an LGD shall be assigned in accordance with what is established in Article 93 Bis 3 of these provisions.

VII. For operations where Ci GNF is less than C*, an LGDi** equal to that obtained according to what is established in Article 93 Bis 3 of these provisions shall be assigned.

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 55

When guarantees granted by financial entities, whether national or foreign, are received, whose validity is subject to the fulfillment of terms and conditions by the credit union, the creditor of the guarantee, and if it fails to comply, the guarantee shall not be taken into account for the purposes of what is established in this article.

Article 96.- Credit unions shall use the same Probability of Default for all credits of the same accredited party.

In the event that there are joint obligors or guarantors, the credit union shall apply the following criteria:

I. In the event that there is only one joint obligor or guarantor who responds for the entire responsibility of the accredited party, the Probability of Default of the accredited party may be substituted by that of the joint obligor or guarantor, obtained, in any case, in accordance with the methodology corresponding to said obligor.

II. In the event that there are 2 or more guarantors who, individually, respond for the entire responsibility of the accredited party, for the substitution, the Probability of Default of the accredited party shall be considered, that which results in the lower among the Probabilities of Default of the obligors, after following the procedure indicated in fraction I of this article.

III. Credit unions may recognize the protection of sureties that cover part of the credit balance. To obtain the preventive reserves, the following procedure shall be employed:

a) The portion covered by each guarantor and the exposed portion of the credit shall be identified.

b) The reserves of the portion covered by each guarantor shall be determined in accordance with the previous fraction I.

c) The reserves of the exposed portion shall be determined using the Probability of Default and the Loss Given Default of the accredited party in accordance with what is provided in this section.

In cases where the credit union does not have information to determine the Probability of Default of the joint obligor or guarantor, it must calculate it in accordance with what is established in Article 112 of the Single Banking Circular.

Article 96 Bis.- In the event that credit unions have Step-and-Measure Coverage Schemes or First-Loss Coverage Schemes for a commercial credit or for a portfolio of identified commercial credits with similar characteristics, only the persons contained in groups 1, 2, and 3 indicated in Article 96 Bis 1 of these provisions shall be recognized, for purposes of portfolio rating, applying the following procedure:

I. Credit unions that are beneficiaries of a Step-and-Measure Coverage Scheme shall constitute the amount of preventive reserves applying the following procedure:

a) They shall constitute the amount of preventive reserves for the exposed portion of the credit resulting from the application of the following formula:

Where:

RPaMed_i = Amount of reserves to be constituted for the i-th covered credit.

Reservas Etapa Zi = Amount of reserves to be constituted in accordance with Article 93 of these provisions, where Z corresponds to the credit risk stage 1, 2, or 3, as applicable, of the i-th credit.

%CobPaMed_i = Percentage covered according to the contract of the Step-and-Measure Coverage Scheme corresponding to the i-th credit in particular.

56 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

b) Additionally, credit unions shall constitute the amount of preventive reserves corresponding to the covered portion of the credit, as follows:

1. In the event that Protection Providers from the listed group 1 are available, the percentage of estimates that will correspond to the covered portion shall be 0.5 percent.

2. In the event that Protection Providers from the listed group 2 are available, the percentage of estimates that will correspond to the covered portion shall be 1 percent.

3. In the event that Protection Providers from the listed group 3 are available, the preventive reserves corresponding to the covered portion of the credit shall be constituted in accordance with the following formula:

Where:

RPCPaMed_i = Amount of reserves to be constituted for the covered portion for the i-th credit.

EADi = The Exposure at Default of the i-th credit in accordance with Article 93 Bis 4 of these provisions.

PIGA_i = Probability of Default of the guarantor of the i-th credit, in accordance with the methodology described in this section.

SPGA_i = The Loss Given Default of the guarantor of the i-th credit, in accordance with Article 93 Bis 3 of these provisions.

%CobPaMed_i = Percentage covered according to the contract of the Step-and-Measure Coverage Scheme corresponding to the i-th credit in particular.

II. Credit unions that are beneficiaries of a First-Loss Coverage Scheme shall constitute the reserves for the portfolio after recognizing the coverage of the First-Loss Scheme (RPCPP), using the following procedure:

a) They shall determine the covered percentage and the percentage of total uncovered reserves of the credit or portfolio beneficiary of the First-Loss Coverage Scheme.

1. The percentage covered by the First-Loss Coverage Scheme (%CobPP) shall be determined:

Where:

%CobPP = Percentage covered by First-Loss Coverage Scheme.

Mto_CobPP = Limited amount intended to cover the first losses that could be generated from the default of a credit or a portfolio with a certain number of credits on the rating date.

= Sum of the outstanding balances of the credits, in accordance with Article 93 Bis 4 of these provisions, when the First-Loss Coverage Scheme covers a portfolio of credits. In the event that the scheme covers a single credit, the denominator shall be substituted by the outstanding balance of said credit.

2. The percentage of total uncovered reserves of the portfolio beneficiary of the First-Loss Coverage Scheme is the difference between the percentage of total reserves of the portfolio before recognizing the benefit of the coverage and the percentage covered by the First-Loss Coverage Scheme (Difpp). This difference provides the percentage of total reserves of the portfolio that is not covered by the scheme and is obtained from the following expression:

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 57

Where:

%RVASCoP = Percentage of total reserves of the credit or portfolio beneficiary of the First-Loss Coverage Scheme.

RVASCoP = Total reserves of the credit or of the n credits of the portfolio before recognizing the coverage of the First-Loss Scheme, that is, without considering mitigants of the Loss Given Default applicable as indicated by the contract of the guarantee scheme in effect on the rating date, which shall be calculated according to the following expression:

=

Sum of the outstanding balances of the credits, in accordance with Article 93 Bis 4 of these provisions, when the First-Loss Coverage Scheme covers a portfolio of credits. In the event that the scheme covers a single credit, the denominator shall be substituted by the outstanding balance of said credit.

Reservas Etapa Zi = Amounts of reserves to be constituted in accordance with Article 93 of these provisions, where Z corresponds to the credit risk stage 1, 2, or 3, as applicable.

%CobPP = As established in numeral 1 above.

b) They shall obtain the amount of reserves of the exposed portion of the portfolio after recognizing the benefit of the coverage of the First-Loss Coverage Scheme (RPEpp), adjusting as follows:

1. If the value of Difpp is equal to or less than zero, credit unions shall not constitute reserves for the portfolio beneficiary of the First-Loss Coverage Scheme, except for what is established in the following paragraph c).

2. If the value of Difpp is greater than zero, credit unions shall constitute the reserves up to the amount that, when added to the value of the guarantee, are equal to the total reserve amount of the portfolio, that is:

RPEPP = RVAS_Portafolios - Mto_CobPP

Where:

RPEPP = Amount of reserves to be constituted of the exposed portion of the portfolio after recognizing the benefit of the coverage of the First-Loss Coverage Scheme.

RVAS_Portafolios = Total reserves of the n credits of the portfolio before recognizing the coverage of the First-Loss Scheme, that is, without considering mitigants of the Loss Given Default applicable as indicated by the contract of the guarantee scheme in effect on the rating date.

Mto_Cob PP = Limited amount intended to cover the first losses that could be generated from the default of a credit or a portfolio with a certain number of credits.

c) Additionally, credit unions, for the portfolio beneficiary of the First-Loss Coverage Scheme of identified credits with similar characteristics, shall constitute the amount of preventive reserves corresponding to the covered portion of the credit, as follows:

58 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

1. In the event that Protection Providers listed in Group 1 of Article 96 Bis 1 of these provisions are available, the percentage of estimates corresponding to the covered portion shall be 0.5 percent.

2. In the event that Protection Providers listed in Group 2 of Article 96 Bis 1 of these provisions are available, the percentage of estimates corresponding to the covered portion shall be 1 percent.

3. In the event that Protection Providers listed in Group 3 of Article 96 Bis 1 of these provisions are available, the preventive reserves corresponding to the covered portion of the credit shall be constituted by multiplying the Guarantor's Probability of Default and Loss Severity by the lesser amount between the total reserves of the n credits in the portfolios before recognizing the coverage of the First Loss Scheme and the limited amount designated to cover the first losses that might arise from the default of a credit or a portfolio with a specific number of credits.

Where: RPCPP = Amount of reserves to be constituted for the proportion of the covered portfolio. PIGA = Probability of Default of the guarantor in terms of the methodology described in this section. SPGA = The Loss Severity of the guarantor in accordance with Article 93 Bis 3 of these provisions. Mto_CobPP = Limited amount designated to cover the first losses that might arise from the default of a credit or a portfolio with a specific number of credits. Rvas_Portafolios = Total reserves of the n credits in the portfolio before recognizing the coverage of the First Loss Scheme, that is, without considering mitigants of the Loss Severity applicable as indicated by the guarantee scheme contract in effect on the date of qualification.

In the event that the exposed portion of the credit is assigned a Probability of Default lower than that assigned to the covered portion, as indicated in numeral 3 of subsections b) and c), of fractions I and II, respectively, of this article, credit unions may use the lower Probability of Default for the entire operation.

For credit unions to recognize guarantees and assign the corresponding estimate to the covered tranches of the credit or portfolio, there must be evidence of compliance with the terms and conditions established by the Protection Providers regarding the information they require, as well as compliance with the processes established, where applicable, in the corresponding contracts.

Article 96 Bis 1.- In both First Loss Coverage Schemes and Step-by-Step or Proportional Coverage Schemes, only the following groups of admissible Protection Providers shall be recognized for portfolio qualification purposes:

I. Group 1: a) Development banking institutions. b) Public trusts that are part of the Mexican financial system in accordance with Article 3 of the Credit Institutions Law. c) Trusts celebrated specifically for the purpose of sharing credit risk, in which development banking institutions acting as settlors and trustees hold an express guarantee from the Federal Government. d) The National Guarantee Fund for the Agricultural, Forestry, Fisheries and Rural Sectors, or its successor.

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 59 e) National Infrastructure Fund, or its successor. f) Central governments of foreign countries and their central banks that hold a High Investment Grade. g) Entities of the Federal Public Administration under direct budgetary control, state productive enterprises, or programs derived from a federal law that are part of the Federal Expenditure Budget.

II. Group 2: a) National multiple banking institutions that hold a rating of at least Investment Grade and controlling societies of the rated entity. b) Other entities comprising the Mexican financial system and insurance companies that hold at least Investment Grade. c) Central governments of foreign countries, their central banks, and international financial entities that hold Investment Grade. d) Other entities with at least Investment Grade, including, where applicable, controlling societies, subsidiaries, or companies belonging to the same group. e) Programs derived from a Federal Law that are established in the Federal Expenditure Budget.

III. Group 3: a) Personal guarantees from other partners of the same credit union.

Article 97.- Credit unions may apply adjustment factors to preventive estimates as indicated below:

I. In the case of credits intended to finance the primary activity of the agricultural sector that have agricultural and animal damage insurance, which meets the characteristics referred to in Annex 21, fraction X, of these provisions, credit unions may multiply the estimates corresponding to the direct borrower by a factor of 95%, provided that no insurance claim is filed.

For the purposes of the preceding paragraph, credits to the agricultural and rural sector shall be understood as those directed to the primary production of the agricultural, livestock, forestry, and fisheries sectors, as well as to the industrial, commerce, and services sectors when these are integrated into the primary activity of the initially mentioned sectors, whose branches and sub-branches of economic activity correspond to those designated as sector 11 of the 2018 North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) of the National Institute of Statistics and Geography (INEGI), or its successor.

In the event that the accrediting credit union files a claim with the entity granting the insurance and said entity accepts it, provided that the covered amount has not yet been executed or paid and, therefore, the credit has not been written off from the credit union's balance sheet, it may calculate the estimates by multiplying the balance of the covered credit by 0.5% when the aforementioned insurance-granting entity holds an Investment Grade Rating.

The guarantees constituted in accordance with this fraction may cover the total or a specific percentage of the outstanding balance of one or more credits, when the deposit contracts or modifications thereto provide that there is no possibility of making withdrawals or disposing of said guarantees during the validity of the credits, and that these may be covered against such deposits or values.

II. Regarding credits intended to finance the primary activity of the agricultural sector, or the marketing of agricultural products that have price coverage through options, which meet the following:

a) The contracts documenting the coverage include the accrediting credit union as the direct beneficiary, or there is some legal instrument providing that the credit union will receive payment of the coverage if it is exercised. b) At the time the credit is granted, the payment source is covered in its entirety. c) The price coverage is consistent with the buyer or seller position held by the borrower, and provided that the price of the underlying asset of the coverage and the price of the goods covered by the borrower are correlated, for which the credit union must have statistical and historical evidence that there is a significant correlation and of the corresponding sign to the agreed coverage position, prior to granting the credit.

60 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 d) Price coverages in the buyer or seller modality are acquired in markets authorized or recognized by Mexican authorities. e) The payment of the premium is covered as contractually established. f) The settlement of the coverage is made in cash and that the resources from said settlement are available to credit unions within a maximum of two business days following the date on which the coverage ends.

Credit unions may multiply the estimates corresponding to the credit by a factor of 93 percent, provided that the price coverage is not exercised. When the credit union receives payment of the contracted price coverage without said entity having written off the credit from its balance sheet, it must calculate the amount of the reserves in accordance with what is established in Article 96 Bis, fraction I, subsection a) of these provisions.

Credits intended to finance the primary activity of the agricultural sector that, in addition to having price coverage in the terms indicated in fraction II of this article, have the agricultural and animal damage insurance indicated in fraction I of this article, may recognize joint coverage provided that individually both coverages meet the conditions to reduce the preventive estimates of the credit in question and none of the risks covered by the mitigants have materialized.

When the foregoing is met, credit unions may multiply the estimates corresponding to the credit by a factor of 88%.

Article 98.- Credit unions, when qualifying credits that have 2 or more guarantees, once the initial qualification has been assigned to each credit, may segment the outstanding balance of the credit into the parts resulting from applying the following criteria:

I. They will determine the part of the balance that is covered by 2 or more guarantees, whether they are means of payment with immediate liquidity, non-financial guarantees, or Step-by-Step Coverage Schemes or First Loss Coverage Schemes, as well as the part of the balance exposed by admissible guarantees.

II. They will apply to the covered part of the balance, depending on the type of guarantees granted, the following procedure:

a) If it has 2 or more Step-by-Step Coverage Schemes or First Loss Coverage Scheme, each Protection Provider must respond for the guaranteed part of the credit balance, provided that there are no exceptions or defenses of priority order for collection among the Protection Providers themselves.

b) If it has 2 or more guarantees constituted with means of payment with immediate liquidity or non-financial guarantees, each of them must cover the guaranteed part of the credit balance, provided that it has been expressly agreed in the contracts giving rise to the guarantee, the part of the credit that will be guaranteed with each encumbered asset.

c) Regarding combinations of Step-by-Step Coverage Schemes or First Loss Coverage Schemes and means of payment with immediate liquidity or non-financial guarantees, each of them may be considered, provided that they are executable at the time of qualification and meet the requirements established in fractions I and II of this article.

Subsection B Of the constitution of estimates and their classification by risk degree (Repealed)

Article 99.- (Repealed)

Article 100.- Credit unions must constitute additional provisions quarterly that recognize potential value losses due to the passage of time of assets adjudicated judicially or extrajudicially or received in dation in payment, whether movable or immovable assets, as well as collection rights and financial instruments that have been received as adjudicated assets or received in dation in payment, according to the following procedure:

I. . . .

II. Regarding financial instruments, they must be valued as established in NIF C-2 Investments in Securities, with annual audited financial statements and monthly reports.

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 61 Once the adjudications or dations in payment on financial instruments are valued, the estimates resulting from the application of the percentages in the table contained in fraction I of this article must be constituted, to the estimated value in accordance with the preceding paragraph.

III. . . .

. . . . . .

Article 101.- Credit unions must provide the Commission monthly with the results of the qualification of the Commercial Credit Portfolio, derived from the application process of the methodologies indicated in these provisions.

Article 101 Bis.- The result of provisioning for holding assets adjudicated or received in dation in payment, obtained in accordance with what is established in Subsection C Of the estimates for holding assets adjudicated or received in dation in payments, of this section, must be presented by credit unions to the Commission, in accordance with Annex 23 of these provisions, no later than within 30 calendar days following the close of the months of March, June, September, and December.

Second Section Of the classification of preventive estimates (Repealed)

Article 102.- (Repealed)

Article 103.- (Repealed)

Third Section Presentation of results (Repealed)

Article 104.- (Repealed)

Article 105.- (Repealed)

Chapter VI

. . .

First Section Of accounting, the valuation of Securities and other financial instruments, as well as financial information and its disclosure

Subsection A

. . .

Article 139.- . . .

Unless otherwise specified, the terms defined in Article 1 of these provisions are not applicable to this chapter, nor to Annex 4 of this instrument. Likewise, the terms defined in Annex 4 are not applicable to the rest of these provisions.

Article 140.- . . .

Series A . . .

Series B . . .

B-1 Cash and cash equivalents

B-2 (Repealed)

B-3 . . .

B-4 (Repealed)

B-5 . . .

B-6 . . .

B-7 . . .

B-8 . . .

B-9 . . .

B-10 (Repealed)

62 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

Series C . . .

C-1 (Repealed)

C-2 (Repealed)

C-3 Securitization operations

Series D . . .

D-1 Statement of financial position

D-2 Statement of comprehensive income

D-3 Statement of changes in equity

D-4 . . .

Article 141.- In the event that systemic conditions exist that could affect the solvency or stability of more than one credit union, the Commission may issue special accounting criteria. Likewise, the Commission may authorize credit unions that carry out financial sanitization processes, or corporate restructuring, special accounting records that ensure their adequate solvency or stability.

In all cases, credit unions must disclose in the explanatory notes to the financial statements and in public communications of financial information, at least, the following:

I. That they have authorization from the Commission to apply the special accounting record in question due to being in a financial sanitization or corporate restructuring process, or with a special accounting criterion in terms of what is provided in the first paragraph of this article, specifying the period for which they have authorization to apply the criterion or record.

II. A broad explanation of the special accounting criteria or records applied, as well as those that should have been made in accordance with the Accounting Criteria.

III. The amounts that would have been recorded and presented, both in the statement of financial position and in the statement of comprehensive income, had they not had authorization to apply the special criterion or accounting record.

IV. A detailed explanation regarding the concepts and amounts for which the accounting impact was made.

V. Where applicable, the impact that the application of said records and special accounting criteria generates in their solvency and liquidity indicators.

Regarding annual financial statements, such disclosure must be made through a specific note.

Article 141 Bis.- The Commission may revoke the special criteria or accounting records referred to in Article 141 of these provisions when credit unions do not comply with the following aspects:

I. The disclosure requirements indicated above.

II. The disclosure and additional information required by the Commission.

III. The specifications in the application of the authorized record or accounting criterion.

Subsection B

. . .

Subsection A General Provisions

Article 142.- The provisions provided in this Subsection have the object of establishing the requirements that credit unions must follow in matters of valuation of Securities and other financial instruments that form part of their statement of financial position.

Article 142 Bis.- For the purposes of this Subsection, it shall be understood by:

I. Input Data, to the information that credit unions use to fix the price of Securities and other financial instruments.

II. Observable Input Data, to data available in the market, such as public information on events, facts, real transactions, or reference rates that are reflected in the price of Securities and other financial instruments.

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 63

III. Statement of Account, in singular or plural, to the document referred to in Article 13 of the Law for Transparency and Ordering of Financial Services, in which the balances are presented and the movements observed in the investment operations contracted by a credit union are detailed.

IV. Consultation Medium, in singular or plural, to the means for credit unions to consult the Statements of Account agreed with financial entities where they maintain the investment accounts referred to in Article 13 of the Law for Transparency and Ordering of Financial Services.

V. Updated Price for Valuation, to the market or theoretical price for each of the Securities and other financial instruments, obtained from the Statements of Account that financial entities deliver to credit unions, or to the market or theoretical price obtained based on algorithms, technical and statistical criteria, as well as valuation models, contained in a methodology developed by a Price Provider or in an Internal Valuation Model developed by credit unions, as applicable.

VI. Direct Vector Valuation, to the procedure of multiplying the number of titles or contracts in position by the Updated Price for Valuation reported in the Statement of Account, determined by the financial entities in which credit unions maintain investment accounts or, where applicable, that made by credit unions using the Updated Price for Valuation provided by a Price Provider.

Article 142 Bis 1.- Credit unions that invest only in the Securities or financial instruments detailed in the following fractions may use for their valuation the Updated Price for Valuation provided by a Price Provider, or that obtained from the Statements of Account.

I. Government Securities.

II. Bank securities.

III. Securities of investment funds in debt instruments.

When the investments made by credit unions are different from those referred to in the preceding fractions, they must use for the valuation of their Securities and other financial instruments the Updated Price for Valuation provided by a Price Provider.

The option that credit unions select from those described in the first paragraph of this article must be applied for complete fiscal years.

In the event that credit unions are using the Updated Price for Valuation provided by a Price Provider and decide to resume the use of Statements of Account, they must notify the Commission of this situation at least ten calendar days in advance.

Article 143.- Credit unions must apply Direct Vector Valuation to Securities and other financial instruments that, in accordance with their investment regime and applicable provisions, may form part of their statement of financial position.

Regarding credit portfolio, credit unions must adhere to the valuation rules established in the Accounting Criteria referred to in the First Section of this Chapter, as well as to the applicable provisions in matters of credit portfolio qualification referred to in these provisions.

Credit unions will use Internal Valuation Models to obtain the Updated Price for Valuation, provided that they comply with what is established in Article 144 of these provisions and it is not one of the following financial instruments:

I. Securities registered or authorized, registered, or regulated in markets recognized by the Commission through general provisions.

II. Derivative financial instruments that trade on national derivatives exchanges or that belong to markets recognized by the Bank of Mexico, with the exception of swap contracts.

III. Underlying assets and other financial instruments that form part of Structured Operations or Derivative Packages, when they are Securities or financial instruments provided for in fractions I and II above.

For the instruments indicated in fractions II and III above, credit unions must consider the Updated Price for Valuation provided by the Price Provider they have contracted.

64 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

Article 143 Bis.- Credit unions shall recognize Updated Prices for Valuation daily in their accounting for the determination of the fair value of Securities and other financial instruments that make up their statement of financial position, considering the information made available by financial entities or by their Price Provider, or the Updated Price for Valuation calculated through Internal Valuation Models when applicable under the terms of these provisions.

Subsection B Of Internal Valuation Models

Article 144.- Credit unions that prepare financial statements containing information on Securities and other financial instruments, whose Updated Price for Valuation has been determined through the application of Internal Valuation Models, shall comply with the following:

I. . . .

II. In Internal Valuation Models, credit unions must use information regarding interest rates, exchange rates, volatilities, and other inputs provided by their Price Provider, regardless of their characteristics, including information regarding the underlying assets and other financial instruments referred to in Article 143, fraction III of these provisions. When the Price Provider does not issue such information, information from other sources may be used, provided that policies for its obtaining are documented, and the use of Observable Input Data is prioritized.

III. Maintain a record in which the Updated Price for Valuation calculated for each of the Securities and other financial instruments, and the information used to perform said calculation, are recorded daily. The information referred to in this fraction must be preserved by the credit union for a period of five years.

IV. The Board of Directors must be informed about the possible uncertainties involved in the valuation of positions with Valuation Models within the measurement of risks and business performance.

V. The units responsible for the development of Internal Valuation Models must be independent of those responsible for performing the reviews and validations referred to in fraction VI of this article.

VI. Review and validate their Internal Valuation Models prior to the approval referred to in fraction I of this article, as well as carry out periodic review and validation of the Internal Valuation Models, in order to verify that these remain accurate and adequate, including for this purpose the periodic review of the validity and adequacy of the interest rates, exchange rates, volatilities, and other reference inputs used by said models and provided by the credit union's Price Provider. The aforementioned review and validation must be performed by qualified units independent of the business units, and the Internal Audit area may be responsible for performing said task.

The information indicated in the aforementioned fraction I must be delivered through digital format images, on optical or magnetic media, to the Commission within thirty calendar days following the Board's approval, with the exception of modifications to Internal Valuation Models, which must be delivered to the Commission within two calendar days following their approval.

The Commission shall have veto power regarding Internal Valuation Models, as well as regarding modifications to the models themselves or to the inputs used for the determination of the Updated Price for Valuation, within a period of ten business days counted from the date of receipt of the information referred to in the preceding paragraph. Likewise, the information referred to in this article must be duly documented and made available to the Commission when it requests it.

Article 144 Bis.- Credit unions must establish and maintain adequate systems and controls to demonstrate that their valuations are prudent and reliable, as well as document the policies and procedures used in the valuation of their positions, including, within the referred documentation, at least the following:

I. The responsibilities of the various areas involved in the valuation process, which must be clearly defined and stipulated.

II. The guidelines for the use of estimation methodologies for variables that are not directly provided by the Price Provider of the credit union referred to in Article 144, fraction I, subsection b) of these provisions.

III. The time at which the closing price of the positions is determined.

IV. Any verification procedure contained in this Subsection.

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 65

Subsection C Of the Hiring of Price Providers

Article 145.- The Board of Directors must approve the hiring of a single Price Provider for the purposes of these Provisions.

Article 146.- Credit unions must notify the Commission in writing, through a free format and within ten business days following the celebration of the respective contract, the name of the Price Provider they hire, attaching a copy of the service contract.

In the event of a substitution of the Price Provider, this must be notified to the Commission thirty calendar days in advance using a free format and attaching a copy of the service contract.

Article 147.- Credit unions must request from their Price Provider the necessary information to comply with the information disclosure requirements regarding the determination of the Updated Price for Valuation, contained in the Accounting Criteria.

Article 148.- The internal audit area of credit unions must carry out periodic and systematic reviews in accordance with their annual work program, which allow verifying the due compliance with what is established in this Subsection B.

Second Section . . .

Article 149.- . . .

When these provisions refer to the concept of consolidated basic financial statements of credit unions and these lack entities subject to consolidation in accordance with the Accounting Criteria, it shall be understood that reference is made to individual financial statements.

Credit unions shall express their basic financial statements in thousands of pesos, which shall be indicated in their headings.

Article 150.- Credit unions must annotate at the foot of the consolidated basic financial statements the following statements:

I. Statement of Financial Position: This statement of financial position was prepared in accordance with the accounting criteria for credit unions issued by the National Banking and Securities Commission, based on the provisions of Articles 65, 67, and 74 of the Credit Unions Law, of general and mandatory observance, applied consistently, reflecting the operations carried out by the credit union up to the aforementioned date, which were performed and valued in compliance with sound practices and applicable provisions. This statement of financial position was approved by the Board of Directors under the responsibility of the executives who sign it.

II. Statement of Comprehensive Income: This statement of comprehensive income was prepared in accordance with the accounting criteria for credit unions issued by the National Banking and Securities Commission, based on the provisions of Articles 65, 67, and 74 of the Credit Unions Law, of general and mandatory observance, applied consistently, reflecting all income and expenses derived from the operations carried out by the credit union during the aforementioned period, which were performed and valued in compliance with sound practices and applicable provisions. This statement of comprehensive income was approved by the Board of Directors under the responsibility of the executives who sign it.

III. Statement of Changes in Equity: This statement of changes in equity was prepared in accordance with the accounting criteria for credit unions issued by the National Banking and Securities Commission, based on the provisions of Articles 65, 67, and 74 of the Credit Unions Law, of general and mandatory observance, applied consistently, reflecting all movements in the equity accounts derived from the operations carried out by the credit union during the aforementioned period, which were performed and valued in compliance with sound practices and applicable provisions. This statement of changes in equity was approved by the Board of Directors under the responsibility of the executives who sign it.

IV. . . .

66 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

Article 151.- Credit unions must include in the explanatory notes to the consolidated basic financial statements the facts and data that must be disclosed in accordance with the Accounting Criteria, stating such circumstance at the foot of said financial statements with the following statement: The accompanying explanatory notes form an integral part of this financial statement.

Likewise, credit unions shall annotate at the foot of the consolidated basic financial statements referred to in the previous article, the name of the Internet page corresponding to the credit union, and must also indicate the link through which one can directly access the financial information referred to in Articles 154, 155, 156, and 157 of these provisions, as well as the Commission's site https://www.gob.mx/cnbv where such financial information, provided periodically to said Commission in compliance with general provisions, can be consulted.

Article 153.- The consolidated basic financial statements with figures as of March, June, and September of credit unions must be presented for approval to the Board within the month immediately following the month to which they correspond, accompanied by the necessary supporting complementary documentation, in order for said Board to have sufficient elements to know and evaluate the most important operations, determinants of the fundamental changes occurred during the corresponding period. . . .

Article 154.- Credit unions must disseminate through the Internet page corresponding to the credit union itself, the audited consolidated basic annual financial statements with figures as of December of each year, including their notes, as well as the external audit report performed by the Independent External Auditor, within ninety calendar days following the closing of the respective fiscal year.

Article 155.- Credit unions must disseminate through their Internet page the consolidated basic financial statements with figures as of March, June, and September, within the month immediately following the month of their date, including their notes, attending to relative materiality as a characteristic associated with relevance referred to in NIF A-4 Qualitative characteristics of financial statements, or the one that replaces it, of the Financial Information Standards issued by the Mexican Council for Financial Information Standards, A.C.

Article 157.- In the case where credit unions decide to make public, through their Internet page, any type of information that, in accordance with applicable provisions, they are not obligated to disclose, the analytical detail and methodological bases that allow clear understanding of said information must be accompanied, thus facilitating its adequate interpretation.

Credit unions, when disseminating through their Internet page the information they are obligated to publish in accordance with Articles 154, 155, and 156 of these provisions and the first paragraph of this article, must maintain it in said medium for at least five quarters following the date of the financial statement in the case of information published quarterly, and for three years following said date in the case of annual information.

Article 158.- Credit unions may disseminate on their Internet page the unaudited consolidated statement of financial position and statement of comprehensive income, provided they have been approved by the Board and this circumstance is specified in explanatory notes. Such disclosure may be made until audited financial statements referred to in Article 154 of these provisions are available. . . .

Article 159 Bis.- Credit unions must deliver to the Commission, within ninety calendar days following the date on which the audited consolidated basic financial statements at the closing of the corresponding fiscal year have been presented for Board approval, a certified copy before a public notary of the minutes of the Board meeting in which said financial statements have been approved, as well as an annual report from the general director of the credit union.

The annual report referred to in the preceding paragraph must include the comments and analysis of the administration regarding the operating results and financial situation of the credit union, which must contain information that facilitates the analysis and understanding of the important changes occurred in the operating results and in the financial situation of the credit union and must be signed, at least, by its general director, including at the foot the following legend:

The undersigned declares under oath that, within the scope of my functions, I prepared the information regarding the credit union contained in this annual report which, to the best of my knowledge and belief, reasonably reflects its financial situation, its operating results, its changes in equity, and its cash flows.

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 67

The information included in said report will be complementary to that expressly appearing in the consolidated basic financial statements, so it must not only mention the growth or decrement of the different items that make up the consolidated basic financial statements, but the reason for these movements, as well as those events known by the administration that could cause the disseminated information not to reflect the financial situation, operating results, changes in equity, and cash flows of the credit union.

Likewise, the report must identify any known trend, commitment, or event that could significantly affect the liquidity of the credit union, its operating results, or its financial situation, such as changes in market share, incorporation of new competitors, regulatory modifications, launch and change in products, among others.

The annual report will also identify recent behavior in the following concepts:

I. Interest, commissions, and fees. II. Result from intermediation. III. Administrative and promotional expenses. IV. Description of internal and external sources of liquidity, as well as a brief description of any other important source of resources not yet used. V. Policy on payment of surpluses or reinvestment that the credit union intends to follow in the future. VI. Policies governing the treasury of the credit union. VII. Main characteristics and restrictions of the reserve fund. VIII. Relevant changes occurred in the main items of the statement of financial position of the last fiscal year and their explanation, as well as a general exposition of the evolution of said changes during the last three fiscal years.

Chapter VII Other Provisions

Article 159 Bis 1.- The credit portfolio assignments celebrated by credit unions, through a trust whose purpose is the issuance of Securities charged to the trust equity constituted by the assets of the assigned credit portfolio, shall be considered operations analogous to those determined in Article 63 of the LUC.

TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS

FIRST.- This Resolution shall enter into force on January 1, 2025, with the exception of the modifications to criterion B-6 Assets received in kind contained in Annex 4, which shall enter into force on the first day of the calendar month immediately following the date of publication of this Resolution in the Official Gazette of the Federation.

SECOND.- Credit unions, regarding the effects caused by accounting changes due to the application of this Resolution, must adhere to what is established in Financial Information Standard B-1 Accounting changes and corrections of errors, applicable to credit unions, in accordance with what is established in criterion A-2 Application of particular standards, contained in Annex 4.

Credit unions must disclose in notes to the financial statements the main changes in accounting regulations that affect or could significantly affect said financial statements, as well as the adoption mechanism and the adjustments carried out in the determination of the initial effects of the application of the Accounting Criteria contained in this Resolution.

THIRD.- The quarterly and annual consolidated basic financial statements that, in accordance with this Resolution, are required from credit unions, corresponding to the period concluded on December 31, 2025, may not present comparative figures with each quarter of the 2024 fiscal year nor for the period ended on December 31, 2024.

FOURTH.- The tests that credit unions perform in accordance with paragraphs 44 and 45 of Criterion B-5 Credit portfolio contained in Annex 4 of the General Provisions applicable to general warehouse receipts, exchange houses, credit unions, and multiple-object financial societies regulated, to determine if the credit portfolio portfolios current as of December 31, 2024, meet the assumption that the cash flows of the contracts correspond only to payments of principal and interest, must be authorized by the credit committee of the credit unions.

Subsequently, said tests and their results must be delivered in writing to the National Banking and Securities Commission no later than February 28, 2025.

68 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

FIFTH.- Any reference to the balance sheet or income statement contained in the General Provisions applicable to general warehouses, exchange houses, credit unions and multiple-object financial societies regulated, upon the entry into force of this Resolution, shall be understood to refer to the statement of financial position and the statement of comprehensive income, respectively. Likewise, references to past due portfolio shall be understood as portfolio with Stage 3 credit risk. This is in consistency with the Accounting Criteria applicable to credit unions, contained in Annex 4.

SIXTH.- Credit unions, in order to constitute the total amount of preventive estimates for credit risks derived from the use of the methodologies replaced by this instrument, shall observe the following:

The initial financial effect shall be understood as the difference resulting from subtracting the reserves that must be constituted in accordance with this instrument, applying the methodology in effect from January 1, 2025, using the total balance of the Commercial Credit Portfolio as of December 31, 2024; from the reserves that were constituted with the methodology in effect until December 31, 2024, using the balance of the Commercial Credit Portfolio as of December 31, 2024. This calculation must be performed upon the entry into force of this Resolution.

Credit unions may opt for one of the following alternatives for the constitution of preventive estimates for credit risks:

I. Recognize in equity capital, within the result of periods prior to January 31, 2025, the initial financial effect derived from applying for the first time the methodology of credit portfolio classification that corresponds, provided that it is disclosed in the corresponding quarterly and annual financial statements of the 2025 exercise, as well as in any public communication of financial information, at minimum the following:

a) That it opted to perform the total recognition of the initial financial effect upon the entry into force of this Resolution.

b) A broad explanation of the accounting record made for the recognition of said effect.

c) A detailed explanation regarding the items and amounts for which the accounting impact was made.

II. Recognize in equity capital, within the result of prior periods, the deferred initial financial effect; that is, the amount of reserves for the Commercial Credit Portfolio corresponding to the month of calculation, deferred over a period of 24 months counted from January 31, 2025, in accordance with the following formula:

Where:

= Amount of reserves to recognize in equity capital for the Commercial Credit Portfolio corresponding in month .

= Initial Financial Effect

For this purpose, the entities must recognize in the statement of financial position 100% of the initial effect for the preventive estimate for credit risks and a deferred charge for the same amount that will be reduced monthly against the result of prior periods, until completing the recognition of the initial effect by December 31, 2026.

Regarding this, credit unions must disclose in the corresponding quarterly and annual financial statements of the 2025 and 2026 exercises, the effect derived from what is provided in this section, as well as in any public communication of financial information, at minimum the following:

a) That it opted to perform the deferred recognition of the initial financial effect, derived from the application of these provisions, over a period of 24 months.

b) A detailed explanation regarding the items and amounts for which the accounting impact was made and its effect on the capitalization index and its components.

Credit unions must have constituted 100% of the amount of reserves derived from the use of the methodologies applicable to the Commercial Credit Portfolio, in accordance with this Resolution, by December 31, 2026.

Respectfully, Mexico City, March 20, 2024.- The President of the National Banking and Securities Commission, Dr. Jesús de la Fuente Rodríguez.- Rubric.

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 69

ANNEX 4

ACCOUNTING CRITERIA FOR CREDIT UNIONS

CONTENTS

Series A. Criteria relating to the general scheme of accounting for credit unions A - 1 Basic scheme of the set of accounting criteria applicable to credit unions A - 2 Application of particular standards A - 3 Application of general standards A - 4 Supplementary application to accounting criteria

Series B. Criteria relating to the concepts that make up the financial statements B - 1 Cash and cash equivalents B - 2 Repealed B - 3 Repos B - 4 Repealed B - 5 Credit portfolio B - 6 Adjudicated assets B - 7 Guarantees B - 8 Asset management B - 9 Trusts B - 10 Repealed

Series C. Criteria applicable to specific concepts C - 1 Repealed C - 2 Repealed C 3 Securitization operations

Series D. Criteria relating to basic financial statements D - 1 Statement of financial position D - 2 Statement of comprehensive income D - 3 Statement of changes in equity capital D - 4 Statement of cash flows

70 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

A-1 BASIC SCHEME OF THE SET OF ACCOUNTING CRITERIA APPLICABLE TO CREDIT UNIONS

Objective

This criterion aims to define the basic scheme of the set of accounting guidelines applicable to credit unions (the entities).

Concepts composing the basic structure of accounting in the entities 1

The accounting of the entities shall comply with the basic structure that, for the application of the Financial Reporting Standards (NIF), was defined by the Mexican Council of Financial Reporting Standards, A.C. (CINIF), in the NIF A-1 Conceptual framework of financial reporting standards (NIF A-1) or the one that replaces it. 2

In virtue thereof, the entities shall consider in the first instance the standards contained in NIF A-1, as well as what is established in criterion A-4 Supplementary application to accounting criteria. 3

In this way, the entities shall observe the accounting guidelines of the NIF, except when in the judgment of the National Banking and Securities Commission (CNBV) it is necessary to apply a specific standard or accounting criterion, taking into consideration that the entities carry out specialized operations. 4

The CNBV regulation referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be at the level of recognition, valuation, presentation and, if applicable, disclosure standards, applicable to specific items within the financial statements of the entities, as well as those applicable to their preparation. 5

The application of accounting criteria, nor the concept of supplementarity, shall not proceed in the case of operations that by express legislation are not permitted or are prohibited, or well, are not expressly authorized to the entities. 6

A-2 APPLICATION OF PARTICULAR STANDARDS

Objective and scope

This criterion aims to specify the application on the particular standards of the NIF, as well as clarifications to them.

1

The subject matter of this criterion is:

a) the application of some of the particular standards made known in the NIF, and

b) the clarifications to the particular standards contained in the NIF.

Financial Reporting Standards

2

In accordance with what is established in criterion A-1 Basic scheme of the set of accounting criteria applicable to credit unions, the entities shall observe, until there is an express pronouncement by the CNBV, the particular standards contained in the bulletins or NIF detailed below, or in the NIF that replace or modify them:

Series NIF B Standards applicable to financial statements as a whole Accounting changes and corrections of errors ................................................................... B-1 Business combinations................................................................................................. B-7 Consolidated or combined financial statements............................................................... B-8 Interim financial information...................................................................... B-9 Effects of inflation ........................................................................................................ B-10 Disposal of long-lived assets and discontinued operations .......................... B-11 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities ............................................. B-12 Subsequent events after the date of the financial statements ........................................ B-13 Earnings per share ............................................................................................................. B-14 Conversion of foreign currencies ................................................................................. B-15 Determination of fair value .................................................................................... B-17 3

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 71

Series NIF C Standards applicable to specific concepts of the financial statements Investment in financial instruments................................................................................ C-2 Accounts receivable ............................................................................................................ C-3 Inventories ......................................................................................................................... C-4 Prepayments.............................................................................................................. C-5 Property, plant and equipment............................................................................................. C-6 Investments in associates, joint ventures and other investments permanent...................................................................................................................... C-7 Intangible assets ............................................................................................................. C-8 Provisions, contingencies and commitments........................................................................ C-9 Derivative financial instruments and hedging relationships ......................................... C-10 Equity capital ................................................................................................................. C-11 Financial instruments with characteristics of liability and equity ................................. C-12 Related parties .......................................................................................................... C-13 Transfer and derecognition of financial assets ...................................................................... C-14 Impairment of long-lived assets ....................................................... C-15 Impairment of receivable financial instruments ............................................................. C-16 Obligations associated with the retirement of property, plant and equipment ............................. C-18 Payable financial instruments ................................................................................... C-19 Financial instruments to collect principal and interest ................................................... C-20 Joint control agreements........................................................................................... C-21

Series NIF D Standards applicable to income determination problems Revenue from contracts with customers .................................................................................. D-1 Costs from contracts with customers ..................................................................................... D-2 Employee benefits ............................................................................................... D-3 Income taxes ....................................................................................................... D-4 Leases.................................................................................................................. D-5 Capitalization of comprehensive income from financing ..................................................... D-6 Share-based payments .............................................................................................. D-8

Likewise, the glossary of terms of the NIF shall be applicable, with respect to the NIF detailed in this paragraph.

Additionally, the entities shall observe the NIF issued by the CINIF on topics not foreseen in the accounting criteria for credit unions, provided that:

a) they are in force;

b) they are not applied in advance to their validity;

c) they do not contravene the philosophy and general concepts established in the criteria of accounting for credit unions, and

d) there is no express pronouncement by the CNBV.

Clarifications to the particular standards contained in the NIF

4

Taking into consideration that the entities carry out specialized operations, it is necessary to establish clarifications that adapt the particular standards of recognition, valuation, presentation and, if applicable, disclosure, established by the CINIF. In virtue thereof, the entities at observing what is established in the preceding paragraphs., shall adjust to the following:

5

72 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

B-8 Consolidated or combined financial statements

In the case of those structured entities created prior to February 4, 2011 where control has been maintained, they will not be obligated to apply the provisions contained in NIF B-8 Consolidated or combined financial statements (NIF B-8), with respect to the cited structured entity.

B-9 Interim financial information

6

The provisions of NIF B-9 must be applied to the financial information issued at interim dates, including the quarterly that must be published or disseminated through the page of Internet that corresponds to the entity itself, in the terms of the General Provisions applicable to general warehouses, exchange houses, credit unions and multiple-object financial societies regulated (the Provisions) that the CNBV publishes, with respect to the financial information of credit unions.

7

For the purposes of the disclosure of the information issued at interim dates, the entities shall observe the provisions relating to the disclosure of financial information contained in criterion A-3 Application of general standards (Criterion A-3).

B-10 Effects of inflation

Determination of the monetary position

8

In the case of an inflationary environment based on what is stated by NIF B-10 Effects of inflation (NIF B-10), the entities must disclose the initial balance of the main monetary assets and liabilities that were used for the determination of the monetary position of the period, differentiating, if applicable, those that affect from those that do not affect the financial margin.

Price index

9

The entities must use the value of the Investment Unit (UDI) as the price index.

Result from monetary position

10

The result from monetary position (REPOMO) that has not been capitalized in terms of what is established in NIF B-10, must be presented in the statement of comprehensive income in a specific item within the financial margin when it comes from financial margin items, otherwise it will be presented within the item of other income (expenses) of the operation.

B-11 Disposal of long-lived assets and discontinued operations

11

The entities must disclose the breakdown of the net amount generated by discontinued operations required in NIF B-11 Disposal of long-lived assets and discontinued operations (NIF B-11), as well as the amount of income from continuing operations and from discontinued operations attributable to the controlling interest, instead of presenting such information in the statement of comprehensive income.

B-15 Conversion of foreign currencies

12

In the application of NIF B-15 Conversion of foreign currencies, the exchange rate to be used to establish the equivalence of the national currency with the United States dollar, shall be the closing exchange rate of the day on the date of the transaction or of the preparation of the financial statements, as applicable, published by the Bank of Mexico on its Internet page www.banxico.org.mx or the one that replaces it.

13

In the case of currencies other than the United States dollar, they must convert the respective currency to United States dollars. To carry out said conversion they will consider the quotation that governs the corresponding currency in relation to the mentioned dollar in international markets, as established by the Bank of Mexico in the applicable regulation.

14

Likewise, the amount of transactions denominated in foreign currency by the most relevant currencies for the entity must be disclosed in notes to the financial statements, as well as the exchange rate used and its equivalent in national currency, in accordance with what is stated in the two preceding paragraphs.

15

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 73

B-17 Determination of fair value

The entities, in the determination of fair value shall consider the following:

a) in the case of the values or financial instruments referred to in fractions I to III of article 143 of the Provisions, they will not apply what is established in this NIF, must comply at all times with what is established in Subsections A and C of Section B of Section First of Chapter VII of Title Seventh of the Provisions;

b) in the case of values or financial instruments other than those indicated in the previous clause, in addition to what is established in Subsection B of Section B of Section First of Chapter VII of Title Seventh of the Provisions they must consider what is established in NIF B-17 Determination of fair value (NIF B-17).

The entities cannot classify as Level 1 the updated prices for valuation that determine through the use of internal valuation models.

Additionally, they must make the following disclosures:

i. the type of financial instrument to which an internal valuation model is applicable, and

ii. when the volume or level of activity has decreased significantly, they must explain the adjustments that, if any, have been applied to the updated price for valuation.

c) in the case of assets or liabilities other than those indicated in the previous fractions, the NIF B-17 must be applied when another particular NIF or accounting criterion requires or allows valuations at fair value and/or disclosures about the same.

C-2 Investment in financial instruments

16

The exception to irrevocably designate, in its initial recognition, a financial instrument to collect and sell, to be subsequently valued at its fair value with effects in the net result referred to in paragraph 32.6 of NIF C-2 Investment in financial instruments (NIF C-2) will not be applicable to the entities.

Reclassifications

17

The entities that carry out, under the section 44 of NIF C-2, reclassifications of their investments in financial instruments, must inform this fact in writing to the CNBV within the 10 business days following the authorization that for such purposes is issued to the general director of the credit unions, as well as to the administrative units that assist him in the performance of their functions, each one in accordance with their attributes, exposing in detail the change in the business model that justifies it.

C-3 Accounts receivable

Scope

18

NIF C-3 Accounts receivable (NIF C-3) will only be applicable to the other accounts receivable referred to in paragraph 20.1 of said NIF.

19

For the purposes of NIF C-3, the accounts receivable derived from the operations referred to in:

the Criteria B-3 Repos (Criterion B-3), and B-5 Credit Portfolio (Criterion B-5), issued by the CNBV;

those corresponding to the rights to collect acquired defined in Criterion B-5, and

the paragraph 72 of this criterion, relating to accounts receivable from operating lease operations.

Shall not be included.

The foregoing, since the standards of recognition, valuation, presentation and disclosure applicable are contemplated in the cited criteria or in the NIF.

Operations between the entity and its agencies and branches

20

The concepts resulting from operations between the entity and its agencies and branches will be cleared at least at the close of each month, so they must not present a balance on that date.

21

74 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

C-4 Inventories

The provisions of NIF C-4 shall apply to the commercialization and transformation activities of goods, merchandise, and various articles carried out by entities, requiring said goods to be presented in the financial position statement under the merchandise inventory item, while in the comprehensive income statement, their revenues and cost of sales shall be presented under the other income (expenses) from operations item.

C-9 Provisions, contingencies, and commitments

Scope 22 The provisions of NIF C-9 Provisions, contingencies, and commitments (NIF C-9) shall not apply for the determination of guarantees granted, in which case the criteria indicated in criterion B-7 Guarantees shall apply.

Letters of credit 23 With respect to those letters of credit issued by the entity upon receipt of their amount, they are subject to NIF C-9. 24 The liability generated by the issuance of the letters of credit referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be presented in the financial position statement, within the other accounts payable item.

C-10 Financial derivative instruments and hedging relationships 25 In addition to the terms included in NIF C-10 Financial derivative instruments and hedging relationships (NIF C-10) and defined in the glossary contained in the NIFs, the following shall be considered:

Synthetic operations with financial derivative instruments. - Operations where one or more financial derivative instruments participate, and in some cases non-derivative assets or liabilities, forming together a specific position.

Spot price. - Price or equivalent of the underlying, valid in terms established by regulations or market conventions from the date of operation. In the case of currencies, the spot price shall be the exchange rate for valuation purposes referred to in paragraph 13 of this criterion. 26 Likewise, entities shall observe the following criteria:

Credit Financial Derivative Instruments Every contract must be analyzed based on its economic substance to conclude whether it is or is not a financial derivative instrument for accounting purposes, or whether it should be recognized as a financial guarantee contract; however, credit financial derivative instrument contracts generally imply the execution of one or more operations with financial derivative instruments (mainly options and swaps), with the objective of assuming or reducing exposure to credit risk (underlying) in financial assets such as loans or securities. The transfer of risk in this type of operation can be total or partial. In such contracts, the payment of initial premiums for their execution may be agreed upon. 27 In this type of operation, one party receives the right or assumes the obligation to receive or deliver, as the case may be, the interest or any other type of returns inherent to the financial assets, and there are even financial derivative instruments where it may be agreed that one party is obligated to pay the other for changes in a credit rating or in a credit index, even if the receiving party is not directly the beneficiary of the cash flows on said financial assets. As consideration, the right or obligation to receive or pay fixed or variable interest or returns, previously determined, is assumed. 28 Credit financial derivative instruments can be of two types: a) Credit Default Financial Derivative Instruments: These are contracts in which only the credit risk of financial assets, such as in credit operations or in the early amortization of securities, is transferred to the counterparty. b) Total Return Financial Derivative Instruments: These are contracts in which, in addition to exchanging interest flows or returns inherent to financial assets, such as a credit operation or issuance of securities, the market and credit risk of these are transferred. 29

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 75

Structured operations and packages of financial derivative instruments

Structured operations and packages of financial derivative instruments have the following characteristics: a) Structured operations: In these operations, there is a main contract referring to non-derivative assets or liabilities (generally credit operations, bond issuances, or other debt securities), and a derivative portion represented by one or more financial derivative instruments (generally options or swaps). The derivative portions of structured operations do not constitute embedded financial derivative instruments, but independent financial derivative instruments. Unlike synthetic operations with financial derivative instruments, structured operations must necessarily be backed by a single contract. To carry out hedging operations with structured instruments, entities will require prior express authorization from the CNBV. b) Packages of financial derivative instruments: The financial derivative instruments interact with each other in a single operation, without any portion that does not meet all the characteristics of a financial derivative instrument.

Recognition and valuation standards for financial derivative instruments 30 Entities, in the recognition and valuation of financial derivative instruments, shall consider the following:

Packages of financial derivative instruments that trade in a recognized market as a single financial instrument shall be recognized and valued jointly (that is, without disaggregating each financial derivative instrument individually), while packages of financial derivative instruments not traded in a recognized market shall be recognized and valued disaggregated by each financial derivative instrument that makes up said packages. 31 For the case of financial derivative instruments traded in recognized markets or exchanges, it shall be considered that the rights and obligations related to them have expired when the risk position is closed, that is, when a derivative of a contrary nature of the same characteristics is executed in said market or exchange (for example, when a purchase future is contracted to cancel the effects of a sale future (issued) on the same underlying, with the same maturity date and generally under conditions that neutralize the gains or losses of one and the other). 32 With respect to financial derivative instruments not traded in recognized markets or exchanges, it shall be considered that the rights and obligations related to them have expired when they reach maturity; the rights are exercised by one of the parties, or said rights are exercised in advance by the parties according to the conditions established in the same and the agreed considerations are settled.

Fair value hedge of interest rate risk of a portion of a portfolio composed of financial assets or financial liabilities 33 A portion of a portfolio of financial assets or financial liabilities that share the same risk to be covered, in the case of a portfolio covered by interest rate risk, may be considered a hedged item. 34 In this type of hedge, the hedged portion could be designated in terms of an amount of currency (for example, an amount in dollars, euros, or pounds) instead of individual assets (or liabilities). Although the portfolio could, for risk management purposes, include both financial assets and financial liabilities, the designated amount must be an amount of financial assets or financial liabilities. The designation of a net amount including financial assets and financial liabilities is not permitted. The entity may hedge a portion of the interest rate risk associated with said designated amount. For example, in the case of hedging a portfolio containing assets subject to prepayment, the entity could hedge the change in fair value that is attributable to changes in the hedged interest rate, considering the expected interest review dates and not the contractual dates. When the hedged portion is based on the expected interest review dates, the effect that changes in the hedged interest rate have on the expected review dates shall be included in the determination of the change in the fair value of the hedged item. Consequently, if a portfolio containing instruments subject to prepayment is hedged with a financial derivative instrument not subject to prepayment, the hedge could be ineffective if there is a change in the expected prepayment dates corresponding to the items making up the hedged portfolio, or the observed payment dates differ from those anticipated. 35

76 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

Only in this specific type of hedge, entities shall comply with each and every one of the following conditions: a) at the beginning of the hedge, there must be a formal designation and sufficient documentation of the hedging relationship, as well as the entity's risk management objectives and strategy regarding the hedge. Such documentation shall include the identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk covered, and the manner in which the entity will evaluate the effectiveness of the hedging instrument to cancel the exposure to changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk covered; b) the hedge must be highly effective (the actual effectiveness of the hedge must be in a range of 80-125 percent) in achieving the cancellation of changes in fair value attributable to the risk covered, consistent with the risk management strategy originally documented for the specific hedging relationship; c) the effectiveness of the hedge must be reliably measurable, that is, the fair value of the hedged item that is attributable to the risk covered and the fair value of the hedging instrument can be reliably valued, and d) the hedge must be evaluated continuously (at least quarterly), maintaining high effectiveness throughout all periods in which the designation of the hedging relationship is shown in the entity's financial information. 36 The requirement referred to in paragraph 42.1.2 item b) of NIF C-10 may be fulfilled by presenting the adjustment to the book value of the hedged item for the gain or loss recognized in the period's results, either: i. in a separate line item within the asset of the financial position statement, during the periods of interest review of the portfolio in which the hedged item is an asset, or ii. in a separate line item within the liability of the financial position statement, during the periods of interest review of the portfolio in which the hedged item is a liability. 37 The asset or liability line items reflected in the financial position statement, mentioned above, shall be amortized in the period's results. Amortization shall begin as soon as the adjustment arises, and in no case after the hedged item ceases to be adjusted for changes in fair value attributable to the risk covered. The adjustment shall be based on the recalculated effective interest rate at the date amortization begins. However, if it is not practical to effect amortization using the recalculated effective interest rate, the adjustment may be amortized using the straight-line method. The adjustment shall be fully amortized by the maturity date of the hedged item in question, or at the moment of termination of the interest review period. 38 In this type of hedge, the entity will meet the hedge requirements if it observes the procedures detailed below: a) the entity will identify the portfolio of items, whose interest rate risk it wishes to cover, as part of the usual processes it follows for risk management. The portfolio may contain only assets, only liabilities, or a combination of assets and liabilities. The entity may identify two or more portfolios (for example, the entity could group its financial assets held for sale in a separate portfolio), in which case it will apply the following guidelines to each of the portfolios separately; b) the entity will disaggregate the portfolio into periods of interest reviews, based on the expected dates for them, without taking contractual dates into account. Such disaggregation can be done in several ways, including distributing cash flows among the periods in which they are expected to occur, or distributing the notional principal amounts across all periods until the time when the review is expected to occur; c) from this stratification, the entity will decide on the amount it wishes to cover. To this end, it will designate as the hedged item an amount of assets or liabilities (but not a net amount) of the identified portfolio, which is equal to the amount it wishes to designate as covered. This amount also determines the percentage measure that will be used to prove effectiveness; 39

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 77 d) the entity will designate the interest rate risk it is covering. This risk could consist of a portion of the interest rate risk of each of the items in the hedged portfolio, such as, for example, a reference interest rate; e) the entity will designate one or more hedging instruments for each interest review period; f) using the designations made in items (c) to (e) above, the entity will evaluate, both at the beginning and in subsequent periods, whether the hedge can be expected to be highly effective throughout the interval for which it has been designated; g) periodically, the entity will measure the change in the fair value of the hedged item (according to the designation made in item (c)) that is attributable to the risk covered (according to the designation made in item (d)) based on the expected interest review dates determined in item (b). Assuming that, using the effectiveness valuation method documented by the entity, it has been determined that in reality the hedge was highly effective, the entity will recognize the change in the fair value of the hedged item as a gain or loss in the period's results, as well as in one of the two lines corresponding to the items of the financial position statement described in items i and ii referred to in paragraph 37 above. It is not necessary that the change in fair value be distributed among individual assets or liabilities; h) the entity will measure the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument or instruments (according to the designation made in item (e)), and recognize it as a gain or loss in the period's results. The fair value of the hedging instrument or instruments will be recognized as an asset or a liability in the financial position statement, and i) any ineffectiveness will be recognized in results as the difference between the changes in fair values mentioned in items (g)) and (h)).

Presentation in the financial position statement

In the case of structured operations, the presentation of the portion or portions of the financial derivative instruments will be made separately from that corresponding to the main contract, so the presentation guidelines will be followed according to the type or types of non-derivative financial assets (or financial liabilities), as well as financial derivative instruments embedded in the structured operation. 40 For the case of packages of financial derivative instruments that trade in a recognized market as a single instrument, said package will be presented jointly (that is, without disaggregating each financial derivative instrument individually), in the financial derivative instruments item (debit balance), or financial derivative instruments item (credit balance), in the financial position statement. 41 In the case of packages of financial derivative instruments not traded in a recognized market, their presentation in the financial position statement will follow the guidelines established for each financial derivative instrument individually, in the financial derivative instruments item (debit balance), or financial derivative instruments item (credit balance), as appropriate. 42 In a fair value hedge of interest rate risk of a portion of a portfolio composed of financial assets or financial liabilities (and only in this specific type of hedge), the adjustment to the book value of the hedged item for the gain or loss recognized in the period's results, will be presented in the item valuation adjustments for financial asset hedging, or valuation adjustments for financial liability hedging, as the case may be, immediately after the corresponding financial assets or financial liabilities.

Presentation in the comprehensive income statement 43 In a fair value hedge of interest rate risk of a portion of a portfolio composed of financial assets or financial liabilities (and only in this specific type of hedge), the result from the valuation of the hedged item attributable to the risk covered shall be presented, if identifiable, where the result from the valuation of each of the hedged items is presented. If it cannot be identified, said valuation effect shall be presented in the item where the result from the valuation of the most relevant hedged item is presented in accordance with the provisions of the applicable accounting criteria (for example, if the portfolio of financial assets corresponds mostly to securities investments, the valuation effect shall be presented in the intermediation result). 44

78 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

C-13 Related parties

For the purpose of complying with the disclosure standards contained in NIF C-13 Related parties (NIF C-13), entities shall additionally consider as a related party: a) the members of the board of directors or executive board of the controlling society or of the entities forming the financial group, to which, if applicable, it belongs; b) persons other than key management personnel or relevant executives or employees who, by their signature, can generate obligations for the entity; c) legal entities in which the key management personnel or relevant executives of the entity are board members or administrators or occupy any of the first three hierarchical levels in said legal entities, and d) legal entities in which any of the persons indicated in the preceding items, as well as in NIF C-13, have command power, understood as the factual capacity to decisively influence the agreements adopted in shareholder meetings or board of directors sessions, or in the management, conduct, and execution of the business of the entity in question or of the legal entities it controls. 45 In addition to the disclosures required by NIF C-13, entities shall disclose in aggregate, through notes to the financial statements, for related-party operations that may be carried out, the following information: a) a generic description of the operations, such as: credits granted or received; operations with financial instruments in which the issuer and the holder are related parties; reports; financial derivative instruments: hedging operations; sale and acquisition of credit portfolios, and those carried out through any person, trust, entity, or other legal figure, when the counterparty and source of payment of said operations depends on a related party. b) any other information necessary for the understanding of the operation, and c) the total amount of employee benefits granted to the key management personnel or relevant executives of the entity. 46 Only the disclosure of related-party operations representing more than 10% of the net capital of the month prior to the date of preparation of the corresponding financial information is required. The net capital shall be determined in accordance with the capital requirements established by the CNBV through the Provisions.

C-14 Transfer and derecognition of financial assets 47 With respect to the collateral received referred to in paragraph 44.7 of NIF C-14 Transfer and derecognition of financial assets (NIF C-14), the recipient shall recognize the received collateral in off-balance sheet accounts. In cases where the recipient has the right to sell or pledge the collateral, the transferor shall reclassify the asset, presenting it as restricted.

Recognition of financial assets 48 When the transfer results in the derecognition of the financial asset by the transferor, the receiving entity shall recognize a financial asset (or portion thereof) or a group of financial assets (or portion of said group) in its financial position statement, if and only if, it acquires the rights and contractual obligations related to said financial asset (or portion thereof). To do so, the entity shall: a) recognize the received financial assets at their fair value, which presumably corresponds to the price agreed upon in the transfer operation. Subsequently, said assets shall be valued according to the corresponding criterion in accordance with their nature; 49

b) recognize the new rights obtained or new obligations incurred as a result of the transfer, valued at their fair value; c) derecognize the consideration granted in the operation at its net book value (for example, considering any associated estimate) and recognizing in the results of the period any item pending amortization related to such consideration, and d) recognize in the results of the period any difference, if any, arising from the transfer operation. C-16 Impairment of Financial Receivables Scope For the purposes of NIF C-16 Impairment of Financial Receivables (NIF C-16), assets derived from the operations referred to in Criterion B-5, issued by the CNBV, shall not be included, since the standards for the valuation, presentation, and disclosure of such assets are contemplated in said criterion. Estimation of Expected Credit Losses 50 For receivables other than those related to credit portfolios, entities shall create an estimate that reflects their degree of uncollectability. Such estimate shall be obtained by applying what is set forth in paragraph 42 of NIF C-16. 51 With respect to immediate collection documents not collected referred to in Criterion B-1 Cash and Cash Equivalents (Criterion B-1), after 15 natural days following the date on which they have been transferred to the line item that gave rise to them, they shall be classified as past-due debts and an estimate shall be simultaneously established for their total amount. 52 Receivable rights acquired by the entity that fall within the circumstances provided for in paragraph 20 of Criterion B-5 shall be considered as financial receivables with high credit risk (Stage 3), and may not be transferred to another stage due to any subsequent effect. 53 When the entity uses the practical solutions referred to in paragraph 42.6 of NIF C-16, the establishment of estimates shall be for the total amount of the debt and shall not exceed the following timeframes: a) within 60 natural days following initial recognition, when corresponding to unidentified debtors, and b) within 90 natural days following initial recognition, when corresponding to identified debtors. 54 No estimation of expected credit losses shall be established for: a) tax balances in favor, and b) recoverable value-added tax 55 Expected credit losses for the impairment of investments in financial instruments as indicated in section 45 of NIF C-2 shall be determined in accordance with what is established in NIF C-16. Regarding this matter, although the CNBV does not establish specific methodologies for their determination, it would be expected that expected credit losses for the impairment of securities issued by a counterparty, maintain consistency with the impairment determined for credits granted to the same counterparty. C-19 Financial Payables Scope 56 For the purposes of NIF C-19 Financial Payables (NIF C-19), liabilities related to the operations referred to in Criterion B-3 are not included, as these are contemplated in said criterion. Securities Liabilities 57 In addition to the disclosures required in NIF C-19 itself, the characteristics of the issuance of credit titles must be disclosed in notes to the financial statements: amount; number of titles in circulation; par value; discount or premium; rights and form of redemption; guarantees; maturity; interest rate; effective interest rate; amortized amount of discount or premium in results; amount of issuance expenses and other related expenses, and the proportion that the authorized amount bears to the issued amount. 58

80 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Bank Loans, Member Loans, and Loans from Other Authorized Bodies Entities shall disclose in notes to the financial statements the total amount of bank loans, loans from their members, as well as those from other authorized bodies, indicating the type of currency, as well as the maturity terms, guarantees, and average weighted rates to which, where applicable, they are subject. 59 In the case of credit lines received by the entity in which not all of the authorized amount has been utilized, the unused portion thereof shall not be presented in the statement of financial position. However, entities shall disclose via notes to the financial statements the unused amount, attending to what is established in Criterion A-3, regarding the disclosure of financial information. Initial Recognition of a Financial Payable 60 What is established in paragraph 41.1.1 item 4 of NIF C-19 regarding using the market rate as the effective interest rate in the valuation of the financial payable when both rates are substantially different shall not be applicable. Financial Payables Valued at Fair Value 61 The exception to irrevocably designate at initial recognition a financial payable to be subsequently valued at its fair value with effect on net income, as referred to in section 42.2 of NIF C-19, shall not be applicable to entities. C-20 Financial Instruments to Collect Principal and Interest 62 For the purposes of NIF C-20 Financial Instruments to Collect Principal and Interest (NIF C-20), assets originating from the operations referred to in Criterion B-5, issued by the CNBV, shall not be included, since the standards for recognition, valuation, presentation, and disclosure for the initial and subsequent recognition of such assets are contemplated in said criterion. Initial Recognition of a Financial Instrument to Collect Principal and Interest 63 What is established in paragraph 41.1.1 item 4 of NIF C-20 regarding using the market rate as the effective interest rate in the valuation of the financial instrument to collect principal and interest when both rates are substantially different shall not be applicable. Fair Value Option 64 The option to irrevocably designate at initial recognition a financial instrument to collect principal and interest, to be subsequently valued at its fair value with effect on net income, as referred to in paragraph 41.3.4 of NIF C-20, shall not be applicable to entities. Loans to Officials and Employees 65 Interest originated from loans to officials and employees shall be presented in the statement of comprehensive income under the heading of other income (expenses) from operations. D-3 Employee Benefits 66 By notes to the financial statements, the identification of obligations for employee benefits shall be disclosed: short-term direct benefits, long-term direct benefits, termination benefits, and post-employment benefits. D-4 Income Taxes 67 Regarding the disclosure required in NIF D-4 Income Taxes (NIF D-4) on the concepts of temporary differences, additionally, those differences related to the financial margin and to the main operations of the entities shall be disclosed. D-5 Leases Finance Leases Scope 68 What is established in this NIF shall not be applicable to credits granted by the entity for finance lease operations, which is a matter of Criterion B-5, except for what is established in paragraph 61 of said Criterion B-5.

69

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 81 For the purposes of the requirements established in paragraph 42.1.4 item c) and item d) of NIF D-5 Leases (NIF D-5), it shall be understood that the lease term covers most of the economic life of the underlying asset, if such lease covers at least 75% of its useful life. Likewise, the present value of lease payments is substantially all of the fair value of the underlying asset, if such present value constitutes at least 90% of said fair value. Operating Leases Accounting for the Lessor 70 For the amount of amortizations that have not been settled within 30 natural days following the payment due date, the lessor shall create the corresponding estimate, suspending the accumulation of rents, controlling them in off-balance sheet accounts under the heading of other recording accounts. 71 The lessor shall present the receivable account in the statement of financial position under the heading of other receivables, and the lease income in the heading of other income (expenses) from operations in the statement of comprehensive income. 72 A-3 APPLICATION OF GENERAL STANDARDS Objective and Scope This criterion aims to clarify the establishment of general application standards that entities must observe. 1 The subject matter of this criterion is the establishment of general standards that must be considered in the recognition, valuation, presentation, and disclosure applicable for the accounting criteria for credit unions. Restricted Assets 2 These are considered to be all those assets regarding which there are circumstances preventing disposal or use, and which must remain in the same category from which they originated. Likewise, those assets resulting from operations that do not settle on the same day, i.e., received with a value date different from the transaction date, shall be considered part of this category. In the case of margin accounts that entities grant to the clearing house for operations with financial derivatives carried out in recognized markets or exchanges, they must adhere to what is established in NIF C-10. 3 For this type of assets, this fact and their balance by type of operation shall be disclosed in a note to the financial statements. Goods Promised for Sale or with Reservation of Title 4 In cases where a promise of purchase or sale contract with reservation of title is entered into, the good shall be recognized as restricted, according to the type of good involved, at the same book value it had on the date of signing said contract, even if a higher price was agreed upon. Said good shall follow the same standards of valuation, presentation, and disclosure, in accordance with the accounting criteria corresponding to it. 5 Payments received on account of the good shall be recorded in liabilities as an advance receipt. 6 On the date the good promised for sale or sold with reservation of title is disposed of, the profit or loss generated shall be recognized in the results of the period as other income (expenses) from operations. 7 In the event that the contract is rescinded, the good shall cease to be recognized as restricted, and those advance payments over which the entity can dispose or must settle in accordance with the conditions of the contract, shall be recognized in the results of the period as other income (expenses) from operations, or as other payables, as appropriate. Liquidating Accounts 8 Regarding active and passive operations carried out by entities, for example, in matters of investments in financial instruments, repurchase agreements, and financial derivatives, once these reach maturity and while the corresponding settlement is not received or delivered, as agreed in the respective contract, the amount of past-due operations receivable or payable shall be registered in liquidating accounts (debtors or creditors for settlement of operations). 9

82 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Likewise, for operations where immediate settlement or same-day value date is not agreed upon, including foreign exchange sales linked to their corporate purpose, on the transaction date, the amount receivable or payable shall be registered in liquidating accounts, until its settlement is effected. The estimation of expected credit losses corresponding to the aforementioned amounts receivable shall be determined in accordance with what is established in NIF C-16. 10 For the purposes of financial statement presentation, liquidating accounts shall be presented under the heading of other receivables (net) or other payables, as appropriate. The balance of debtor and creditor liquidating accounts may be offset in terms of what is established by the offsetting rules provided in NIF B-12 Offsetting of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (NIF B-12). 11 With respect to the operations referred to in paragraph 10, the balance receivable or payable shall be disclosed for each type of operation from which they originate (foreign exchange linked to their corporate purpose, investments in financial instruments, repurchase agreements, etc.), specifying that these are operations agreed upon with settlement pending. Various Estimates and Provisions 12 Estimates or provisions with undefined and/or unquantifiable purposes shall not be created, increased, or decreased against the results of the period. In any case, entities must attend to the regulation that the CNBV indicates regarding the determination of estimates and/or provisions. Trusts 13 When entities acquire contribution certificates, fiduciary right certificates, residual interests, or any other title, contract, or document that grants their holder participation in the possible excess or remainder that the trust or trustee may generate, respectively, it shall be evaluated whether such participation grants control, joint control, or significant influence in accordance with what is established in the corresponding NIFs. In any case, financial assets representing the residual participation of a securitization vehicle shall be presented in the concept Benefits on the Remainder in Securitization Operations under the heading Benefits Receivable in Securitization Operations in the statement of financial position. Accrued Interest 14 Accrued interest for the different asset or liability items shall be presented in the statement of financial position together with their corresponding principal. Recognition or Derecognition of Assets and/or Liabilities 15 The recognition or derecognition in the financial statements of assets and/or liabilities, including those resulting from foreign exchange sales linked to their corporate purpose, investments in financial instruments, repurchase agreements, financial derivatives, and issued securities, shall be carried out on the date they economically affect the entity, regardless of the date on which they are performed. Disclosure of Financial Information 16 Regarding the disclosure of financial information, what is established in NIF A-1, Chapter 80 Presentation and Disclosure, shall be taken into account, regarding the responsibility for providing information about the economic entity resting with its administration. Such information must meet certain fundamental qualitative characteristics and enhancements, such as relevance, faithful representation, comparability, verifiability, timeliness, and understandability based on what is provided in NIF A-1, Chapter 40 Qualitative Characteristics of Financial Statements (NIF A-1, Chapter 40). 17 Entities, in compliance with the disclosure standards provided in these accounting criteria, shall consider materiality in terms of NIF A-1, Chapter 40, that is, they shall show the most important aspects of the entity recognized accountingly as stated by that characteristic associated with relevance. 18 The foregoing implies, among other elements, that materiality requires the exercise of professional judgment regarding the circumstances that determine the facts reflected in the financial information. In the same sense, an appropriate balance must be obtained between the qualitative characteristics of financial information in order to fulfill the objective of the financial statements, for which an optimal point must be sought rather than the achievement of maximum levels of all qualitative characteristics. 19

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 83 However, with regard to materiality, this shall not be applicable to information: a) required by the CNBV through general provisions issued for that purpose, distinct from those contained in these criteria; b) additional specific required by the CNBV, related to its supervisory activities, and c) required through the issuance or authorization, where applicable, of special accounting criteria or records. Disclosures Related to the Determination of Fair Value 20 Entities, regarding the Current Price for Valuation provided by the price provider in the determination of fair value in accordance with Section B of the First Section of Chapter VI of Title VII of the Provisions, in addition to what is indicated in the accounting criteria or corresponding NIFs, shall disclose, at minimum, the following: a) the level of the hierarchy of the current price for valuation (or fair value hierarchy) within which the determinations of fair value are classified, in accordance with the following: i. Level 1, highest level, corresponding to prices obtained exclusively with Level 1 input data. ii. Level 2, prices obtained with Level 2 input data. iii. Level 3, lowest level, for those prices obtained with Level 3 input data. b) in case there is any change in the valuation model, such change and the reasons for making it shall be disclosed; c) when there are changes from one period to another in the classification of the hierarchy of the current price for valuation regarding the same value or financial instrument: i. the amounts of transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the hierarchy of the current price for valuation, and ii. the amounts of transfers to or from Level 3 of the hierarchy of the current price for valuation. d) for those current prices for valuation classified in Level 3, a reconciliation of opening balances with closing balances shall be performed, disclosing separately the changes during the period attributable to total gains or losses of the period recognized in net income and those recognized in other comprehensive income (OCI); e) when there is a significant decrease in volume or level of activity relative to normal market activity for a certain value or financial instrument, or in the presence of disorderly conditions, the adjustments applied, if any, to the current price for valuation shall be explained, and f) the name of the price provider, who, where applicable, provided the current price for valuation or the input data for its determination through internal valuation models. 21 Quantitative information shall be disclosed in tabular format, unless another format is more appropriate. Valuation of UDI 22 The value announced by the Bank of Mexico in the Official Gazette of the Federation, applicable on the date of valuation, shall be used. 23

84 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 A-4 SUPPLEMENTARY APPLICATION OF ACCOUNTING CRITERIA Objective and scope This criterion aims to clarify the application of the standards contained in NIF A-1, Chapter 90, Supplementary Application (NIF A-1, Chapter 90), issued by CINIF, considering that, in its application, financial information is being prepared and presented in accordance with the accounting criteria for credit unions. Definition 1 For the purposes of the accounting criteria for credit unions, the supplementary application process applies when, in the absence of specific accounting standards issued by the CNBV in particular, and by CINIF in general, these are covered by a formal and recognized set of standards. Concept of supplementary application and basic standard 2 In the absence of a specific accounting criterion from the CNBV for entities and, secondarily, for credit institutions, or more broadly, for NIFs, the bases for supplementary application provided in the aforementioned NIF A-1, Chapter 90 will apply, together with what is provided in the provisions of this criterion. Other supplementary regulations 3 Only in the event that the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) referred to in NIF A-1, Chapter 90 do not provide a solution for accounting recognition, one may opt for a supplementary standard belonging to any other regulatory scheme, provided it meets all the requirements indicated in the aforementioned NIF A-1, Chapter 90 for a supplementary standard, as well as those provided in paragraph 6 of this criterion, applying supplementary application in the following order: a) Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) definitive, applicable in the United States of America, and b) any accounting standard that is part of a formal and recognized set of standards. 4 For the purposes of the previous paragraph, it is considered that both official (authoritative) and non-official (nonauthoritative) sources form part of the GAAP applicable in the United States of America, as established in Topic 105 of the Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) (Codification) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), in the following order: a) official sources: the Codification, rules or interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), Staff Accounting Bulletins, and SEC positions regarding the Consensus of the Board on Emerging Issues of the FASB (FASB Emerging Issues Task Force, EITF), and b) non-official sources: widely recognized and predominant practices, either generally or in a specific industry, FASB Concepts Statements, documents of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA, Issues Papers), pronouncements of professional associations or regulatory agencies, and questions and answers of the Technical Information Service included in AICPA Technical Practice Aids. Requirements of a supplementary standard and rules of supplementary application 5 In addition to what is established in the aforementioned NIF A-1, Chapter 90, the standards applied supplementarily must comply with the following: a) they cannot be applied in advance; b) they must not contravene the philosophy and general concepts established in the accounting criteria for credit unions; c) the supplementary application process, if any, provided within each of the standards used supplementarily will not be applicable, except when such supplementary application meets the aforementioned subsections and has the authorization of this CNBV, and d) the standards that have been applied in the supplementary application process will be replaced when a specific accounting criterion is issued by the CNBV or an NIF, on the subject on which said process was applied. Disclosure standards 6 Entities following the supplementary process recorded in this criterion must communicate in writing to the Vice Presidency of the CNBV responsible for their supervision within 10 calendar days following their application, the accounting standard that has been adopted supplementarily, as well as its basis of application and the source used. Additionally, entities must disclose through notes to the financial statements, the information requested in the aforementioned NIF A-1, Chapter 90 and the quantification of their impacts on the financial statements. 7

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 85 B-1 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS Objective and scope This criterion aims to define the particular standards relative to the recognition, valuation, presentation, and disclosure in the financial statements of the items that make up the cash and cash equivalents heading in the statement of financial position of entities. Definitions 1 Cash. It is the legal tender and foreign currency in cash and in deposits at financial entities made in the country or abroad, available for the entity's operation; such as, availability in checking accounts, bank drafts, telegraphic or postal transfers, and remittances in transit. 2 Cash equivalents. They are short-term, highly liquid investments, easily convertible to cash that are subject to insignificant risks of changes in their value; and are held to meet short-term commitments, rather than for investment purposes; they may be denominated in national or foreign currency; for example, the purchase of foreign exchange linked to their social object, which are not considered derivative instruments as established by the Bank of Mexico in the applicable regulation, as well as other cash equivalents such as immediate collection documents and highly liquid financial instruments. 3 Highly liquid financial instruments. They are securities whose disposal is foreseen within a maximum of 48 hours from their acquisition, generate returns, and have insignificant risks of changes in their value. 4 Deposits at financial entities represented or invested in securities, which do not meet the provisions in the two previous paragraphs, will be subject to NIF C-2. Recognition standards 5 Cash shall be initially recognized at its fair value, which is its nominal value. 6 All cash equivalents, upon initial recognition, must be valued at their fair value. 7 The returns generated by cash and cash equivalents shall be recognized in the results of the period as they accrue. 8 Immediate collection documents in firm shall be recognized as follows: a) in the case of transactions with entities in the country, they must not contain uncollected items after 2 business days from the operation that gave rise to them, nor those that, having been deposited in banks, have been subject to return. b) when they correspond to transactions with entities abroad, they must be recorded in cash and cash equivalents only if they are collectible within a maximum period of 5 business days. 9 When the documents indicated in the previous paragraph have not been collected within the aforementioned periods (2 or 5 days, as applicable), the amount of these will be transferred to the item that gave rise to them, that is, if they come from: a) various debtors, the provisions of NIF C-3 or NIF C-20 shall be attended to, as applicable, or b) credit portfolio, the provisions of Criterion B-5 Credit Portfolio shall be attended to. 10 Immediate collection documents subject to good collection, for operations carried out with entities in the country or abroad, will be recorded in off-balance sheet accounts in the heading of other registration accounts. 11 Foreign exchange acquired linked to their social object that is agreed to be settled on a date subsequent to the negotiation of the purchase-sale operation, shall be recognized on said negotiation date as restricted cash and cash equivalents (foreign exchange to be received), while, the sold foreign exchange will be recorded as an outflow of cash and cash equivalents (foreign exchange to be delivered). The counterparty must be a clearing, creditor, or debtor account, as applicable, in accordance with what is established in Criterion A-3. 12

86 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Valuation standards Cash shall be maintained valued at its nominal value, while cash equivalents shall be valued at their fair value. 13 Highly liquid financial instruments must be valued based on what is established in the standards on financial instruments, according to the business model corresponding to each type of instrument. Presentation standards Statement of financial position 14 The heading of cash and cash equivalents shall be shown in the statement of financial position of entities as the first item that makes up the asset, including restricted cash and cash equivalents. 15 In the event that there is an overdraft in checking accounts reported in the statement issued by the corresponding credit institution, the amount of the overdraft must be presented in the heading of other accounts payable, even if other checking accounts with the same credit institution are maintained. Likewise, if the compensated balance of foreign exchange to be received with foreign exchange to be delivered, or if any concept that makes up the heading of cash and cash equivalents, were to show a negative balance, said concept must be presented in the heading of other accounts payable. Statement of comprehensive income 16 The returns generated by deposits at financial entities, as well as the valuation effects of those constituted in foreign currency, will be presented in the statement of comprehensive income, as an interest income or expense, while the results from valuation and sale of foreign exchange linked to their social object will be grouped in the heading of result from intermediation, referred to in criterion D-2 Statement of comprehensive income (Criterion D-2). Disclosure standards 17 The heading of cash and cash equivalents will be disaggregated through notes to the financial statements including, as applicable, among others, cash, deposits at financial entities made in the country and abroad, and finally, other cash equivalents. Likewise, the following rules must be observed, as applicable: a) when any item within the heading has restrictions regarding availability or purpose to which it is destined, its amount, the reasons for its restriction, and the probable date on which it will expire must be disclosed; b) in the event that the balance of cash and cash equivalents is presented in the liability, in terms of what is stated in paragraph 16, this fact and the causes that gave rise to it must be disclosed; c) the existence of cash and cash equivalents denominated in foreign currency must be disclosed, indicating its amount, type of currency involved, settlement term, quotations used for its conversion, and its equivalent in national currency, and d) disclose the effect of subsequent events that, due to their importance, have substantially modified the valuation of cash and cash equivalents in foreign currency and in highly liquid financial instruments between the date of the financial statements and the date on which they are authorized for issuance, in accordance with NIF B-13 Subsequent Events. 18

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 87 B-3 REPO OPERATIONS Objective and scope This criterion aims to define the particular standards relative to the recognition, valuation, presentation, and disclosure in the financial statements of repo operations. 1 The treatment of operations that, in accordance with what is established in NIF C-14, meet the requirements to derecognize the financial assets subject to the same, in virtue that the risks, benefits, and control of said financial assets are transferred, is not the object of this criterion, therefore, what is established in NIF C-2 shall be attended to. Definitions 2 Financial asset.- A right arising from a contract, which grants monetary economic resources to the entity. Therefore, it includes, among others: a) cash or cash equivalents; b) financial instruments generated by a contract, such as an investment in a debt or equity instrument issued by a third party; c) a contractual right to receive cash or any financial instrument from another entity; d) a contractual right to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with a third party on favorable conditions for the entity, or e) a right that will be collected with a variable number of equity instruments issued by the entity itself. 3 Substantially similar financial assets.- Those financial assets that, among others, maintain the same primary obligor, identical form and type (which generates substantially the same risks and benefits), same maturity date, identical contractual interest rate, similar collateral, same outstanding balance. 4 Derecognition of financial assets.- It is the total or partial elimination of a financial asset, previously recognized in the statement of financial position of an entity, which takes place when that item no longer meets the definition of an asset, that is, when the entity loses control over it. 5 Collateral.- It is the safeguard constituted by an asset or group of assets to guarantee the payment of agreed counter-prestations. For the purposes of repo operations, the collateral will be at all times those permitted in accordance with current regulation. 6 Counter-prestations.- Cash and cash equivalents, the right to receive all or specific portions of cash flows from a trust, entity, or other figure, equity instruments, derivative financial instruments, or any other type of asset that is obtained in a transfer of financial assets, including any obligation incurred. For the purposes of repo operations, the counter-prestations will be at all times those permitted in accordance with current regulation. 7 Amortized cost.- It is a historical cost valuation basis applicable to financial assets and financial liabilities and reflects the present value of future flows. For variable rate instruments, the discount rate is updated to reflect changes in the same. The amortized cost of a financial asset or financial liability is updated over time to describe subsequent changes, such as the accrual of interest, the impairment of the financial asset, and collections and payments. 8 Equity instruments.- Any document or title originated by a contract that evidences the participation or the option to participate in the net assets of an entity. 9 Effective interest method.- It is the one used in the calculation of the amortized cost of a financial instrument to distribute its effective interest income or expense in the corresponding periods of the life of the financial instrument. 10 Cash-oriented repo operations.- Transaction motivated by the need of the reporting party to obtain cash financing and the intention of the reporting entity to invest its excess cash. 11

88 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Securities-oriented repo operations.- Transaction motivated by the need of the reporting entity to temporarily access certain specific financial instruments and the intention of the reporting party to increase the returns on its investments in financial instruments. 12 Fixed price at maturity.- It is that right or obligation, as the case may be, represented by the agreed price plus the repo interest, agreed upon in the operation. 13 Agreed price.- It represents the right or obligation to receive or deliver resources, agreed upon at the beginning of the operation. 14 Reporting party (Reportada).- That entity that receives cash, through a repo operation in which it transfers financial assets as collateral, with the obligation to reintegrate to the reporting entity (Reportadora) at the end of the operation the cash and agreed repo interest. 15 Reporting entity (Reportadora).- That entity that delivers cash, through a repo operation, in which it receives financial assets as collateral, with the obligation to return them to the reporting party (Reportada) at the end of the operation and receiving the cash plus the agreed repo interest. 16 Repo. Operation by means of which the repo buyer acquires for a sum of money the ownership of credit titles, and obligates himself to transfer to the repo seller the ownership of as many titles of the same species, within the agreed term and against reimbursement of the same price plus a premium. The premium remains to the benefit of the repo buyer, unless otherwise agreed. 17 Effective interest rate.- It is the rate that exactly discounts the estimated future cash flows that will be collected or settled during the expected life of a financial instrument in the determination of its amortized cost; its calculation must consider the contractual cash flows and the relative transaction costs. 18 Repo rate.- It is the agreed rate with which the payment of interest for the use of cash in the repo operation is determined. 19 Fair value.- It is the exit price that, at the valuation date, would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Characteristics Economic and legal substance of repo operations 20 Repo operations for legal purposes are considered as a sale where an agreement to repurchase the transferred financial assets is established. Nevertheless, the economic substance of repo operations is that of a collateralized financing, where the reporting entity (Reportadora) delivers cash as financing, in exchange for obtaining financial assets that serve as protection in case of default. 21 In this regard, the financial assets granted as collateral by the reporting party (Reportada), which do not meet the requirements to be derecognized in terms of what is established by NIF C-14, continue to be recognized in their statement of financial position, since they retain the risks, benefits, and control of them; that is, if there were any change in the fair value, accrual of interest, or dividends were declared on the financial assets granted as collateral, the reporting party (Reportada) is the one exposed, and therefore recognizes said effects in its financial statements. 22 In contrast, those operations where economically the reporting entity (Reportadora) acquires the risks, benefits, and control of the transferred financial assets cannot be considered as repo operations, being subject to NIF C-2. Intentionality of repo operations 23 In repo operations there are generally two types of intentions, either of the reporting party (Reportada) or the reporting entity (Reportadora): cash-oriented or securities-oriented. 24 In a cash-oriented repo, the intention of the reporting entity (Reportada) is to obtain cash financing, using financial assets as collateral for this purpose; on the other hand, the reporting entity (Reportadora) obtains a return on its investment at a certain rate and, not seeking any specific value, receives financial assets as collateral to mitigate the credit risk exposure it faces with respect to the reporting party (Reportada). 25

In this sense, the reported party pays the reporting party interest on the cash received as financing, calculated based on the agreed repo rate (which is usually lower than the rate existing in the market for financing without collateral). On the other hand, the reporting party obtains returns on its investment, the payment of which is secured through the collateral.

26

In a securities-oriented repo, the intention of the reporting party is to temporarily access certain specific securities owned by the reported party (for example, if the reporting party, through a previous repo operation in which it acts as the reported party, has assumed a commitment on a value similar to the object of the new operation), providing cash as collateral, which serves to mitigate the exposure to risk that the reported party faces with respect to the reporting party.

27

In this regard, the reported party pays the reporting party the agreed interest at the repo rate for the implicit financing obtained on the cash it received, where said repo rate is generally lower than what would have been agreed in a cash-oriented repo.

28

In repo operations, an agreed price is usually established whose value is above or below the cash exchanged, so the difference between the cash exchanged and the agreed price is intended to protect the counterparty exposed to the risks of the operation (for example, against market risk). If the operation is cash-oriented, the reported party generally grants financial assets as collateral at an agreed price lower than the market value, so its fair value is higher than the cash received; in contrast, if it is securities-oriented, the reporting party generally receives titles as collateral at an agreed price higher than the market value, so its fair value is below the cash granted.

29

The delivery of collateral can occur at the beginning of the operation or during the life of the repo regarding variations in the fair value of the granted collateral.

30

Considering all the above, despite the economic intention, the accounting treatment of cash-oriented or securities-oriented repo operations is the same.

Recognition and Valuation Standards Reporting Party

31

On the date of contracting the repo operation, acting as the reporting party, it must recognize the outflow of cash and cash equivalents, or a creditor settlement account, registering a receivable account initially measured at the agreed price, which represents the right to recover the cash delivered.

32

During the life of the repo, the receivable account referred to in the previous paragraph shall be valued at its amortized cost, by recognizing the repo interest in the results of the period as it accrues, according to the effective interest method, affecting said receivable account.

33

The financial assets that the reporting party has received as collateral must be treated in accordance with the following section.

Collateral Granted and Received Other Than Cash

34

The collateral granted by the reported party to the reporting party (other than cash) must be recognized as follows:

a) the reporting party will recognize the received collateral in off-balance sheet accounts, following for its valuation the guidelines established in the accounting criterion for credit unions that corresponds;

b) the reporting party, upon selling the collateral, must recognize the resources derived from the transaction, as well as a payable account for the obligation to return the collateral to the reported party (initially measured at the agreed price) which shall be valued at its fair value (any difference between the price received and the value of the payable account shall be recognized in the results of the period);

c) in the event that the reported party fails to comply with the conditions established in the contract, and therefore cannot claim the collateral, the reporting party must recognize in its statement of financial position the entry of the collateral, as established in these criteria, according to the type of asset involved, against the receivable account referred to in paragraph 32, or in its case, if the collateral has previously been sold, it must derecognize the payable account referred to in item b), relating to the obligation to return the collateral to the reported party;

35

90 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

d) the reporting party must recognize the collateral in its financial statements only in off-balance sheet accounts, with the exception of what is established in item c) above, that is, when the risks, benefits, and control of the collateral have been transferred due to the default of the reported party, and

e) the off-balance sheet accounts recognized for received collateral by the reporting party must be canceled when the repo operation reaches its maturity or there is default by the reported party.

In the case of operations where the reporting party sells the received collateral, it must keep control of said sold collateral in off-balance sheet accounts, following for its valuation the guidelines of the accounting criterion for credit unions that corresponds.

36

The off-balance sheet accounts recognized for received collateral that have in turn been sold by the reporting party must be canceled when the entity acquires the sold collateral to return it to the reported party, or if there is default by the counterparty.

Presentation Standards Statement of Financial Position

37

The receivable account representing the right to receive the cash, as well as the accrued interest, must be presented within the statement of financial position, under the item of debtors for repo.

38

The collateral received from the reported party must be presented in off-balance sheet accounts under the item of collateral received by the entity.

39

The payable account referred to in item b) of paragraph 35, which represents the obligation of the reporting party to return to the reported party the collateral it had sold, must be presented within the statement of financial position, under the item of sold collateral.

40

The off-balance sheet accounts referred to in paragraph 36, regarding those collateral received by the reporting party that have in turn been sold, must be presented under the item of collateral received and sold by the entity.

Statement of Comprehensive Income

41

The accrual of repo interest derived from the operation shall be presented under the item of interest income.

42

The difference referred to in item b) of paragraph 35 that, in its case, has been generated by the sale, shall be presented under the item of intermediation result.

43

The fair value valuation of the payable account referred to in item b) of paragraph 35, which represents the obligation of the reporting party to return to the reported party the collateral it had sold, shall be presented under the item of intermediation result.

Offsetting of Financial Assets and Liabilities

44

For the purposes of offsetting between financial assets and liabilities, acting as the reporting party, the provisions of NIF B-12 must be attended to.

Disclosure Standards

45

Entities must disclose through notes to the financial statements, the information corresponding to repo operations in the following manner:

a) total amount of operations carried out;

b) amount of repo interest recognized in the results of the period;

c) average terms in the contracting of outstanding repo operations;

d) type and total amount by type of asset of the collateral received;

e) of the collateral received and in turn sold, the total amount by type of asset, and

f) the agreed rate in relevant operations.

46

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 91

B-5 CREDIT PORTFOLIO Objective and Scope

The purpose of this criterion is to define the particular standards relative to the initial and subsequent recognition, valuation, presentation, and disclosure in the financial statements of the credit portfolio of entities.

1

This criterion also includes accounting guidelines relative to the recognition and presentation of the preventive estimate for credit risks.

2

The following are not the object of this criterion:

a) the establishment of the methodology for the qualification and constitution of the preventive estimate for credit risks;

b) the accounting standards relative to financial instruments, which are traded on recognized markets and that the entity maintains in its own position, even if they are linked to credit operations, being subject to NIF C-2 or NIF C-20, as the case may be;

c) accounts receivable from customers and other accounts receivable, which are the object of NIF C-3, and

d) the collection rights that the entity acquires that are in the situations foreseen in paragraph 20 below, will be subject to NIF C-20.

Definitions

3

Borrower.- The natural or legal person, or trust to whom a credit is granted and who is obligated to pay the capital and other benefits agreed with the grantor.

4

Aforo.- The amount of the nominal value of the credit rights transferred in a factoring, discount, or assignment of credit rights operation, which the receiver does not finance to the factor or transferor and which is obligated to deliver to the latter, once the collection of the portfolio subject to factoring, discount, or assignment of credit rights is carried out.

5

Financial Lease.- It is that which transfers to the lessee substantially all the risks and benefits inherent to the ownership of the underlying asset.

6

Portfolio Qualification.- Methodology used by entities to determine the credit risk associated with the credits granted by them.

7

Payment Capacity.- For the purposes of this criterion, it will be understood that there is payment capacity when the conditions that, for credit unions, to this effect, are established in the Provisions are met.

8

Credit Risk Portfolio Stage 1. Are all those credits whose credit risk has not increased significantly since their initial recognition until the date of the financial statements and that are not in the situations to be considered stage 2 or 3 in terms of this criterion.

9

Credit Risk Portfolio Stage 2. Includes those credits that have shown a significant increase in credit risk since their initial recognition until the date of the financial statements in accordance with what is provided in the calculation models of the preventive estimate for credit risks established or permitted in the Provisions, as well as what is provided in this criterion.

10

Credit Risk Portfolio Stage 3. Are those credits with credit impairment originated by the occurrence of one or more events that have a negative impact on the future cash flows of said credits in accordance with what is provided in this criterion.

11

Write-off.- It is the cancellation of the credit when there is evidence that the formal collection efforts have been exhausted, and as a consequence, the entity's administration determines that it has no reasonable expectations of recovering it, either totally or partially.

12

Assignment of Credit Rights.- Those financing operations by virtue of which the ownership of credit rights is transmitted to some entity. The acquisition of credit portfolios will not be considered as Assignment of Credit Rights operations.

13

92 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

Consolidation of Credits.- It is the integration into a single credit, of two or more credits granted by the same entity to the same borrower.

14

Amortized Cost.- It is a historical cost valuation basis applicable to financial assets and financial liabilities and reflects the present value of future flows. For instruments at variable rate, the discount rate is updated to reflect changes in it. The amortized cost of a financial asset or a financial liability is updated over time to describe subsequent changes, such as the accrual of interest, the impairment of the financial asset, and collections and payments.

15

Transaction Costs. Are incremental costs directly attributable to the acquisition or generation of a credit, that is, those in which the entity would not have incurred if it had not acquired or generated the credit, proceed directly from the transaction and are an essential part of it. Additionally, transaction costs attributable to the restructuring or renewal of the credit will be considered.

16

Credit.- It is a transaction by which an entity delivers to a borrower an amount of cash as financing, which must be returned by the borrower within a certain period, adding, an amount for the concept of interest. This without prejudice to what the applicable legal provisions establish.

17

Commercial Credits.- The following are considered as such, among others, the following direct or contingent credits denominated in national currency, foreign currency, or UDIS, as well as the interest they generate:

a) those granted to their partners, whether legal persons or natural persons with business activity and destined to their commercial or financial business;

b) credits from factoring, discount, and assignment of credit rights operations;

c) credits from financial lease operations that are celebrated with legal or natural persons with business activity;

d) credits granted to trustees who act under the protection of trusts and the credit schemes commonly known as structured ones in which there is a patrimonial affectation that allows evaluating individually the risk associated with the scheme, and

e) credits granted to financial entities

18

Restricted Credits.- Those are considered as such those credits with respect to which there are circumstances by which they cannot be disposed of or used, and must be presented as restricted; for example, the credit portfolio that the transferring entity grants as guarantee or collateral in securitization operations.

19

Acquired Collection Rights. - Credits acquired by entities on which it is determined that, based on current information and facts as well as on the credit review process, there is a considerable probability that the contractually exigible amounts (principal and interest) cannot be recovered in their entirety, in accordance with the terms and conditions originally agreed, and that at the time of their acquisition and during their life, they are considered credit risk portfolio stage 3, the price paid for each credit cannot be identified, or there is no element or information that allows the acquirer to apply the regulation issued by the CNBV in credit matters.

20

Debtor of the Credit Rights.- The natural or legal person to whom the credit rights transferred from the factor (transferor) to the factor (receiver) in a factoring, discount, or assignment of credit rights operation are originally exigible.

21

Preventive Estimate for Credit Risks.- An affectation that is made against the results of the period and that measures that portion of the credit that is estimated will not have collection viability.

22

Factor (Transferor).- The natural or legal person that transfers the credit rights it has in its favor, whose payment obligation is borne by the debtor of the credit rights subject to financial factoring.

23

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 93

Financial Factoring.- Operation by virtue of which the factor agrees with the factor, who may be a natural or legal person, to acquire credit rights that the latter has in its favor for a determined or determinable price, in national currency, foreign currency, or UDIS, regardless of the date and the form in which it is paid, it being possible to agree that the factor remains obligated to respond for the punctual and timely payment of the credit rights transmitted to the factor.

24

Factor (Receiver).- The entity that acquires the credit rights in favor of the factor (Transferor).

25

Credit Line.- It is an agreement that, by its contractual conditions, has the characteristic of making available to the client a credit, that is, a certain amount of money for a determined period of time.

26

Effective Interest Method. It is the one used in the calculation of the amortized cost of the credit portfolio to distribute its effective interest income or expense in the corresponding periods of the life of the credit portfolio.

27

Discount Operation.- Operation by virtue of which the discounting entity obligates itself to anticipate to the discounted party the amount of a credit, against a third party and with future maturity, in exchange for the alienation in favor of the discounting entity of said credit, decreased by an interest in favor of the discounting entity.

28

Payment. - Real delivery of the thing or quantity due or the provision of the service that has been agreed. Financial income from accrual derived from financial lease, financial factoring, discount, or assignment of credit rights operations, nor interest that is capitalized, will not be considered as payment.

29

Write-offs, discounts, waivers, bonuses, and discounts that are effected on a credit or group of credits are not considered payments.

30

Sustained Credit Payment.- Borrower's payment compliance without delay for the total exigible amount of principal and interest, in accordance with what is established in the sustained credit payment section, contained in this criterion.

31

Restructuring.- It is that renegotiation from which any modification to the original conditions of the credit derives, among which are:

change of the interest rate established for the remaining term of the credit;

change of currency or unit of account (for example, UDI);

granting of a waiting period regarding the fulfillment of payment obligations in accordance with the original terms of the credit;

extension of the credit term;

modification to the agreed payment scheme, or

expansion of guarantees that cover the credit in question.

32

Renewal.- It is that renegotiation in which the balance of a credit is liquidated partially or totally by the debtor, its joint obligors, or another person who by their patrimonial links constitutes common risks with the debtor, through the increase in the original amount of the credit, or with the product coming from another credit contracted with the same entity or with a third party who by their patrimonial links with the latter constitutes common risks.

33

Notwithstanding the above, a credit will not be considered renewed by the dispositions that are made during the validity of a pre-established credit line, as long as the borrower has liquidated the totality of the payments that are exigible to it in accordance with the original conditions of the credit.

34

Credit Risk.- For the purposes of this criterion, it is defined as the potential loss due to the lack of payment of a borrower or counterparty in the operations carried out by the entities, including the real or personal guarantees granted to them, as well as any other mitigation mechanism used by the entities.

35

Outstanding Balance. For the purposes of this criterion, it is integrated by the amount effectively granted to the borrower, adjusted by the accrued interest that has been recognized in accordance with what is established in this criterion, other financed concepts, the collections of principal and interest, as well as by the discounts, waivers, bonuses, and discounts that have been granted.

36

94 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

Effective interest rate. It is the rate that exactly discounts the estimated future cash flows to be collected during the expected life of a credit in determining its amortized cost; its calculation must consider contractual cash flows and transaction costs relative thereto.

37

Unsecured residual value. - It is the portion of the residual value of the underlying asset, the realization of which by the lessor is not assured or is only guaranteed by a related party of the same.

Recognition and valuation standards

Business model

38

The business model refers to how the entity administers or manages the credit portfolio to generate cash flows. That is, the entity's business model determines whether cash flows will proceed from obtaining contractual cash flows, from the sale of the credit portfolio, or from both.

39

The entity's business model for administering or managing the credit portfolio is a matter of fact and not a mere intention or assertion. It is generally observable through the activities carried out by the entity to achieve the business model's objective.

40

The credit portfolio must be recognized in terms of this standard if the objective of the business model is to hold it to collect contractual cash flows and the terms of the contract provide for cash flows on predetermined dates, which correspond solely to payments of principal and interest on the outstanding principal amount. If the foregoing is not met, it must be treated in accordance with what is established in NIF C-2.

41

To determine whether the contractual cash flows of the credit portfolio will be realized through collection, it is necessary to consider the frequency, value, and timing of credit portfolio sales in previous periods, the reasons for such sales, and expectations regarding future sales activity. However, isolated sales do not determine the business model; instead, information on past sales and expectations regarding future sales provide evidence related to how the entity's stated objective for administering or managing the credit portfolio is achieved and, specifically, how cash flows are realized. The entity must consider information on past sales in the context of the reasons for such sales and the conditions that existed at that time compared to current conditions.

42

The business model may be to hold the credit portfolio to collect its cash flows, even if the entity sells it when there is an increase in its credit risk. Regardless of their frequency and value, sales originating from an increase in the credit risk of the credit portfolio are not inconsistent with a business model whose objective is to hold it to collect contractual cash flows, because credit risk quality is relevant regarding the entity's ability to collect contractual cash flows. Credit risk management activities aimed at minimizing potential credit losses due to credit deterioration are an integral part of a business model.

43

The entity must document the tests it performs to determine that a credit or portfolio of credits meets the assumption that the contract's cash flows correspond solely to payments of principal and interest, or that due to its characteristics it must be valued at fair value.

44

Previously evaluated credits or portfolios of credits whose contractual conditions are modified, and in the case of new products, must be subject to the tests referred to in the preceding paragraph, and must be authorized by the entity's Credit Committee, as well as communicated in writing to the CNBV within the 10 natural days prior to their application, detailing the justification for their classification within the business model for collection of principal and interest, for negotiation, or for collection and sale.

45

The entity must periodically evaluate, in accordance with its established policies for such purposes, the characteristics of its business model to classify the credit portfolio based on its objective. The aforementioned policies must be duly documented.

46

The CNBV may, at any time, order that the financial instruments that had been valued at fair value referred to in paragraph 41 be valued at their amortized cost, when in its judgment there are elements to conclude that their business model is to hold them to collect the contractual cash flows corresponding to their principal and interest.

47

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 95

Initial recognition

The transaction price corresponding to the net financed amount must be quantified, which results from adding or subtracting from the original credit amount the insurance that has been financed, transaction costs, commissions, interest, and other items charged in advance. Such transaction price corresponds to the fair value of the credit portfolio at initial recognition and will be the basis for applying the effective interest method with the effective interest rate; that is, it is the basis for calculating the amortized cost of the credit portfolio for subsequent recognition.

48

The balance in the credit portfolio will be the amount effectively granted to the borrower and will be recorded independently of transaction costs, as well as of the items charged in advance referred to in the preceding paragraph, which will be recognized as a deferred charge or credit, as appropriate, and must be amortized against the results of the fiscal year during the life of the credit, in accordance with the effective interest rate.

49

For the purposes of the preceding paragraph, transaction costs include, among others, fees and commissions paid to agents, advisors, and intermediaries, appraisals, investigation expenses, as well as the credit evaluation of the debtor, evaluation and recognition of guarantees, negotiations for the credit terms, preparation and processing of credit documentation, and closing or cancellation of the transaction, including the proportion of compensation to employees directly related to the time invested in the development of those activities. On the other hand, transaction costs do not include premiums or discounts, which form part of the fair value of the credit portfolio at the time of the transaction.

50

Any other expense not associated with the granting of the credit such as those related to promotion, advertising, potential customers, administration of existing credits (follow-up, control, recoveries, etc.) and other auxiliary activities related to the establishment and monitoring of credit policies, will be recognized directly in the results of the fiscal year as they accrue in the item corresponding to them according to the nature of the expense.

51

Commissions charged and transaction costs originating from a credit line will be recognized at that moment as a deferred credit or charge, which will be amortized against the results of the fiscal year for the period corresponding to the term granted in the credit line. In the event that the credit line is cancelled, the outstanding balance to be amortized must be recognized directly in the results of the fiscal year in the corresponding item on the date the line is cancelled.

Determination of the effective interest rate

52

To determine the effective interest rate, the entity must follow the following steps:

1. determine the amount of estimated future cash flows to be received. - By summing the principal and interest that will be received according to the credit's payment schedule, during the contractual term, or for a shorter term if there is a probability of payment before the maturity date or other circumstance justifying the use of a shorter term;

2. determine the effective interest. - By deducting from the estimated future cash flows to be received, determined in accordance with the preceding item, the net financed amount, determined in accordance with the preceding paragraph 48, and

3. determine the effective interest rate. - It represents the relationship between the amount referred to in the preceding item 1 and the net financed amount referred to in paragraph 48 above.

When, in terms of the preceding item 1, the entity uses a term shorter than the contractual one, it must have sufficient evidence of the circumstances justifying the application of such option.

53

The effective interest rate may be determined for a portfolio of credits provided that the contractual terms, as well as the costs and income associated with their granting, are identical for the entire portfolio.

54

When, in accordance with the terms of the contract, the interest rate is modified periodically, the effective interest rate calculated at the beginning of the period may be the one used throughout the life of the credit, that is, it must not be redetermined for each period. The foregoing must be supported by the accounting policies of each entity.

55

96 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

There is a presumption that future cash flows and the expected life of the credit can be reliably estimated; however, in those cases where it is not possible to reliably estimate the future cash flows or the estimated life of the credit or credits, the entity must use contractual cash flows. The foregoing must be duly documented and authorized by the entity's credit committee.

Acquisition of credit portfolios

56

On the commitment date, that is, the date on which the entity commits to acquire the credit portfolio, it must be recognized in accordance with the type of portfolio that the transferor had classified it, applying the following steps:

1. determine the fair value of the acquired credit portfolio, which corresponds to the transaction price, and

2. to the aforementioned fair value, transaction costs must be added. This amount corresponds to the value at which the acquired credit portfolio must be recognized; being the basis for applying the effective interest method with the effective interest rate.

The amount determined in the preceding item 2 minus the amount of the preventive estimate for credit risks, determined in accordance with what is stated in this standard, which must take into account any defaults the credit has presented since its origin, represents the amortized cost of the acquired credit portfolio.

57

The balance to be recorded for the acquired portfolio will be that indicated in item 1 of the preceding paragraph and will be recorded independently of transaction costs, which will be recognized as a deferred charge, and must be amortized against the results of the fiscal year during the life of the credit, in accordance with the effective interest rate.

58

The calculation of the effective interest rate referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph must be carried out as follows:

1. the amount of estimated future cash flows to be received for principal and interest must be determined according to the agreed payment schedule during the contractual term, or for a shorter term, if there is a probability of payment before the maturity date or other circumstance justifying the use of a shorter term, and

2. the effective interest rate must be determined, which corresponds to the relationship between the amount determined in the preceding item 1 and the amount determined in step 2 of paragraph 57.

59

In the event that there is any difference between the value of the acquired credit portfolio on the commitment date and on its settlement date, it must be recognized as part of interest receivable.

Financial leasing operations

60

In financial leasing operations, in which the entity acts as lessor, it will recognize at the beginning of the contract, within its credit portfolio, the contractual value of the leasing operation plus the unsecured residual value that will accrue to the benefit of the lessor, against the cash outflow. The financial income to be accrued will be recognized based on the outstanding credit balance against the results of the fiscal year, in the interest income item, in accordance with NIF D-5.

61

For the security deposits received by the lessor, it must register the cash inflow against the corresponding liability.

62

When the lessee opts to participate in the sale price of the goods to a third party, the entity will recognize the income corresponding to it at the time of the sale against the results of the fiscal year as other income (expenses) of the operation.

Financial factoring, discounting, and assignment of credit rights operations

63

At the beginning of the operation, the value of the received portfolio will be recognized in the asset against the cash outflow, the agreed limit recognized as other accounts payable, and, if applicable, the financial income to be accrued resulting from factoring, discounting, or assignment of credit rights operations.

64

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 97

The financial income to be accrued referred to in the preceding paragraph will be determined, if applicable, by the difference between the value of the received portfolio minus the limit and the cash outflow. Such financial income to be accrued must be recognized within the item of deferred credits and advance collections and recognized in the statement of comprehensive income in accordance with the effective interest rate, attending to what is established in the preceding paragraph 53.

65

In the event that the operation generates interest, these will be recognized as they accrue. 66

The amount of advances that, if applicable, are granted will be recognized as part of financial factoring, discounting, or assignment of credit rights operations, within the concept of commercial credits.

Subsequent recognition

67

In subsequent recognition, the credit portfolio must be valued at its amortized cost, which must include increases due to accrued effective interest, decreases due to the amortization of transaction costs and items charged in advance, as well as decreases due to principal and interest collections and the preventive estimate for credit risks.

68

Commissions recognized subsequent to the granting of the credit, those generated as part of the maintenance of such credits, as well as those charged for credits that have not been placed, will be recognized against the results of the fiscal year on the date they accrue.

Reclassifications

69

The entity must reclassify the credit portfolio only in the event that its business model is modified. Such changes must be infrequent and determined by the highest authority of the entity in operational decision-making, that is, by the general manager, and must be the result of external or internal changes that are significant for the entity's operations and that can be demonstrated to third parties.

70

Reclassifications must be communicated in writing to the CNBV, within the 10 business days following their determination, detailing the change in the business model that justifies them. The reclassification must be made prospectively and must not modify previously recognized gains or losses.

71

If the entity reclassifies a credit portfolio valued at fair value with effect in results, to be valued at its amortized cost, its fair value on the reclassification date must be its initial amortized cost, calculating the effective interest rate in terms of paragraph 59 of this standard.

72

If the entity reclassifies a credit portfolio valued at fair value with effect in other comprehensive income, such effect must be cancelled against the value of the credit portfolio, so that it remains valued at its amortized cost, as if it had always been recognized on this basis.

Credit portfolio renegotiations

73

If the entity restructures a credit with credit risk stages 1 and 2, or through a renewal it partially liquidates it, it must determine the gain or loss in the renegotiation as follows:

a) determine the book value of the credit without considering the preventive estimate for credit risks;

b) determine the new future cash flows on the restructured or partially renewed amount, discounted at the original effective interest rate, and

c) recognize the difference between the book value and the cash flows determined in the preceding subsection b) as a deferred charge or credit against the gain or loss from credit portfolio renegotiation in the statement of comprehensive income.

74

The amount of the restructured or partially renewed credit will serve as the basis for applying the original effective interest rate, which must only be adjusted, if applicable, to include, transaction costs, commissions, and other items charged in advance generated in the renegotiation. The deferred items referred to in paragraph 49 pending amortization, as well as those originated in the renegotiation, will be amortized during the new term of the credit based on the effective interest rate.

75

98 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

For the purposes of paragraph 74, the book value of the credit is considered to be the amount effectively granted to the borrower, adjusted for accrued interest, other financed concepts, principal and interest collections, as well as for write-downs, waivers, bonuses, and discounts that have been granted, and, if applicable, transaction costs and items charged in advance.

76

The determination of the gain or loss from renegotiation referred to in paragraph 74 will not be applicable to credit lines, or to credits with credit risk stage 3.

77

If the entity renews a credit, it will be considered that there is a new credit, so the previous credit must be derecognized in the case of a total renewal.

Credit lines

78

In the case of credit lines and letters of credit that the entity has granted, in which not all the authorized amount is exercised, the unused portion of them must be kept in off-balance sheet accounts.

Other considerations of subsequent recognition

79

Partial payments received in kind to cover amortizations (principal and/or interest) accrued, overdue, or written off, will be recorded in accordance with what is established in standard B-6 Assets Adjudicated (Standard B-6).

Categorization of the credit portfolio by credit risk level

Credit portfolio with credit risk stage 1

80

Credits granted and acquired by the entity will be recognized in this category, provided they do not meet the categorization criteria referred to in the sections of Transfer to credit portfolio with credit risk stage 2 and Transfer to credit portfolio with credit risk stage 3.

Transfer to credit portfolio with credit risk stage 2

81

Credits must be recognized as credit portfolio with credit risk stage 2, attending to what is provided in the Provisions, with the exception of the credits described in the following paragraph.

Transfer to credit portfolio with credit risk stage 3

82

The outstanding balance in accordance with the payment conditions established in the credit contract must be recognized as credit portfolio with credit risk stage 3 when:

1. it is known that the borrower is declared bankrupt, in accordance with the Commercial Bankruptcy Law.

Without prejudice to what is provided in this item, credits that continue to receive payment in terms of what is provided by section VIII of article 43 of the Commercial Bankruptcy Law, as well as credits granted under the protection of article 75 in relation to sections II and III of article 224 of the aforementioned Law, will be transferred to credit portfolio with credit risk stage 3 when they incur in the circumstances provided for in the following item 2.

2. the amortizations of the credits that have not been fully liquidated in the terms originally agreed, provided that the debts correspond to:

Credits with Days of Maturity Overdue Single payment of principal and interest at maturity 30 or more days in principal and interest Single payment of principal at maturity and with periodic interest payments 90 or more days in interest, or 30 or more days in principal Periodic partial payments of principal and interest 90 or more days in principal or interest 83

3. The immediate collection documents referred to in Criterion B-1 shall be reported as Stage 3 credit risk portfolio when they have not been collected according to the term established in said Criterion B-1.

Loans regarding which entities have some element to determine that they must migrate from Stage 1 or 2 to Stage 3 shall be recognized as Stage 3 credit risk portfolio, in accordance with the provisions of the Provisions.

84

With respect to the terms referred to in paragraph 2 of paragraph 83, monthly periods may be used, regardless of the number of days in each calendar month, in accordance with the following equivalences:

One calendar month 30 days Three calendar months 90 days

85

Likewise, if the fixed term expires on a non-business day, said term shall be understood as concluded on the next business day.

86

In the case of credit portfolio acquisitions, for the determination of the days past due and their corresponding transfer to Stage 3 credit risk portfolio as indicated in paragraphs 83 to 85, defaults presented by the borrower since origination must be taken into account.

87

Loans with Stage 3 or Stage 2 credit risk in which all pending required balances (principal and interest, among others) are fully paid off, or, if they are restructured or renewed loans, that comply with sustained loan payment, shall be returned to Stage 1 credit risk portfolio.

Renegotiations

88

Loans with Stage 2 or Stage 3 credit risk that are restructured or renewed cannot be classified in a stage with lower credit risk as a result of such restructuring or renewal, until there is evidence of sustained payment.

89

Loans with a single principal payment at maturity, regardless of whether interest is paid periodically or at maturity, that are restructured during their term or renewed at any time, must be transferred to the immediate next category with higher credit risk, and remain in that stage until there is evidence of sustained payment, in accordance with the provisions of this criterion.

90

Drawn credit lines that are restructured or renewed at any time must be transferred to the immediate next category with higher credit risk, unless there are elements that justify the debtor's payment capacity and there has been:

a) settlement of all accrued interest, and b) coverage of all payments to which the debtor is obligated under the contract at the date of restructuring or renewal.

The elements that justify payment capacity must be duly documented and integrated into the loan file.

91

Regarding disbursements made under a credit line, when they are restructured or renewed independently of the credit line that supports them, they must be evaluated in accordance with this section taking into account the characteristics and conditions applicable to the restructured or renewed disbursement(s).

92

As a result of the evaluation referred to in the previous paragraph, if it is concluded that one or more of the disbursements granted under a credit line must be transferred to the immediate next category with higher credit risk as a result of their restructuring or renewal, and such disbursements, individually or collectively, represent at least 25% of the total drawn balance of the credit line at the date of restructuring or renewal, the total drawn balance, as well as subsequent disbursements, must be transferred to the immediate next category with higher credit risk.

93

100 DIARIO OFICIAL Jueves 25 de abril de 2024

The total drawn balance of the credit line may be transferred to a classification with lower credit risk, when there is evidence of sustained payment of the disbursements that originated said transfer, and all required obligations of the total credit line have been met at the date of evaluation.

94

Loans with Stage 1 and 2 credit risk, with characteristics different from those indicated in paragraphs 90 to 94 above, that are restructured or renewed, without at least 80% of the original loan term having elapsed, may remain in the same category, only when:

a) the borrower has covered all accrued interest at the date of renewal or restructuring, and b) the borrower has covered the principal of the original loan amount that should have been covered at the date of renewal or restructuring.

95

When it concerns loans with Stage 1 and 2 credit risk, with characteristics different from those indicated in paragraphs 90 to 94 above, that are restructured or renewed during the final 20% of the original loan term, they must be transferred to the immediate next category with higher credit risk, unless the borrower has:

a) settled all accrued interest at the date of renewal or restructuring; b) covered the principal of the original loan amount that should have been covered at the date of renewal or restructuring, and c) covered at least 60% of the original loan amount.

96

In case the conditions described in paragraphs 95 or 96 above are not met, as applicable, the loan must be transferred to the immediate next category with higher credit risk from the moment it is restructured or renewed and until there is evidence of sustained payment.

97

The requirement referred to in paragraphs 95 and 96 above in their corresponding subsection a) shall be considered met when, having covered the accrued interest at the last cutoff date, the time elapsed between said date and the restructuring or renewal does not exceed the lesser of half of the current payment period and 90 days.

98

Loans with Stage 1 and 2 credit risk that are restructured or renewed on more than one occasion must be transferred to Stage 3 credit risk portfolio, unless in addition to the conditions established in paragraphs 95 or 96 above, as applicable, the entity has elements that justify the debtor's payment capacity. Such elements must be duly documented and integrated into the loan file.

99

When there is a pending balance to amortize corresponding to profit or loss due to renegotiation and the loan must be transferred to Stage 3 credit risk portfolio in accordance with the previous paragraph, the entity must recognize said balance in the results of the period.

100

In the case where, through a restructuring or renewal, various loans granted by the same entity to the same borrower are consolidated, each of the consolidated loans must be analyzed as if they were restructured or renewed separately, and if such analysis concludes that one or more of said loans would have been transferred to Stage 2 or Stage 3 credit risk portfolio as a result of such restructuring or renewal, then the total balance of the consolidated loan must be transferred to the category corresponding to the loan subject to consolidation with higher credit risk.

101

Loans classified in Stage 2 credit risk as a result of a restructuring or renewal must be evaluated periodically to determine if there is an increase in their risk that originates that they must be transferred to Stage 3 credit risk in terms of paragraph 83 above. This without prejudice to the periodic reviews applicable to Stages 1 and 3.

102

Jueves 25 de abril de 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 101

Restructurings that, at the date of the operation, present payment compliance for the total required amount of principal and interest and only modify one or several of the following original loan conditions shall not be subject to transfer to a category with higher credit risk as a result of their restructuring:

Guarantees: only when they imply the expansion or substitution of guarantees with others of better quality; Interest rate: when the agreed interest rate is improved for the borrower; Currency or unit of account: provided that the rate corresponding to the new currency or unit of account is applied; Payment date: only in the case that the change does not imply exceeding or modifying the payment periodicity. In no case shall the change in the payment date allow for payment omission in any period.

Sustained loan payment

103

Sustained loan payment is evidenced when the borrower covers the total required amount of principal and interest without delay, with a minimum of three consecutive amortizations of the loan's payment scheme when they are amortizations less than or equal to 60 days, or the payment of two amortizations in the case of loans with periods between 61 and 90 natural days, and in the case of loans with amortizations covering periods greater than 90 natural days, the payment of one amortization.

104

When the amortization periods agreed in the restructuring or renewal are not homogeneous, the number of periods representing the longest term must be considered, for the purposes of accrediting sustained payment.

105

For restructurings where the payment periodicity is modified to shorter periods, the number of amortizations of the original loan scheme must be considered.

106

In the case of consolidated loans, if in accordance with paragraph 101, two or more loans had originated the transfer to Stage 2 or Stage 3 credit risk portfolio, to determine the required amortizations, the original payment scheme of the loan whose amortizations equate to the longest term must be attended to.

107

In all cases, in demonstrating that there is sustained payment, the entity must have available to the CNBV evidence justifying that the borrower has payment capacity at the moment the restructuring or renewal is carried out to meet the new loan conditions.

108

The elements that must be taken into account for the purposes of the previous paragraph are at least the following: the intrinsic default probability of the borrower, the guarantees granted for the restructured or renewed loan, the payment priority vis-à-vis other creditors, the liquidity and solvency of the borrower in the face of the new financial structure of the financing.

109

Regarding loans with a single principal payment at maturity, regardless of whether interest payment is periodic or at maturity, it is considered that there is sustained loan payment when any of the following situations occur:

a) the borrower has covered at least 20% of the original loan amount at the time of restructuring or renewal, or, b) the amount of accrued interest has been covered in accordance with the restructuring or renewal payment scheme corresponding to a term of 90 days and at least said term has elapsed.

110

Loans that are restructured or renewed on more than one occasion, that have been agreed with a single principal payment at maturity, regardless of whether interest payment is periodic or at maturity, will evidence sustained loan payment when:

a) the borrower covers at least 20% of the pending principal at the date of the new restructuring or renewal; b) the amount of accrued interest has been covered in accordance with the new restructuring or renewal payment scheme corresponding to a term of 90 days and at least said term has elapsed, and c) the entity has elements that justify the debtor's payment capacity. Such elements must be duly documented and integrated into the loan file.

111

102 DIARIO OFICIAL Jueves 25 de abril de 2024

The early payment of amortizations of restructured or renewed loans, other than those with a single principal payment at maturity, regardless of whether interest is paid periodically or at maturity, is not considered sustained payment. This is the case for amortizations of restructured or renewed loans that are paid without the natural days equivalent to the periods required in accordance with paragraph 104 having elapsed.

112

In all cases, loans that, as a result of a restructuring or renewal, are transferred to a stage with higher credit risk, must remain for a minimum of three months in said stage to evidence sustained payment and consequently be transferred to the immediate next stage with lower credit risk, except when it concerns restructured or renewed loans that were granted for a term less than or equal to 6 months and that are not restructured or renewed consecutively for the same term. This shall not be applicable to loans with principal payment at maturity, regardless of whether interest payment is periodic or at maturity, in which case paragraph 110 shall apply.

Suspension of interest accumulation

113

The accumulation of accrued interest on credit operations must be suspended at the moment the outstanding loan balance is considered as Stage 3 credit risk. Likewise, the pending balance to amortize of transaction costs, as well as items paid in advance established in paragraph 49, and if existing, the effect of the pending profit or loss in renegotiation to be amortized against the results of the period, must be recognized.

114

Loans that contractually capitalize interest to the debt amount shall be subject to the suspension of interest accumulation established in the previous paragraph.

115

While the loan remains in Stage 3 credit risk portfolio, interest control shall be kept in off-balance sheet accounts. In case such interest or financial income is collected, it shall be recognized directly in the results of the period in the interest income item, canceling in the case of financial leasing, financial factoring operations, discount or assignment of credit rights, the corresponding financial income to accrue.

116

In case the interest registered in off-balance sheet accounts in accordance with the previous paragraph is forgiven or written off, it must be canceled from off-balance sheet accounts without affecting the item for the preventive estimate for credit risks.

Preventive estimate for credit risks

117

The amount of the preventive estimate for credit risks must be determined based on the different methodologies established or authorized by the CNBV for each type of credit and level of credit risk through the Provisions, as well as by additional estimates required in various regulations and those ordered and recognized by the CNBV, and must be recognized in the results of the period corresponding to the period.

118

The additional estimates recognized by the CNBV referred to in the previous paragraph are those constituted to cover risks that are not foreseen in the different portfolio classification methodologies, and regarding which, prior to their constitution, entities must inform the CNBV of the following:

a) origin of the estimates; b) methodology for their determination; c) amount of estimates to be constituted, and d) time estimated to be necessary.

119

Regarding loans with Stage 3 credit risk in which, in their restructuring, the capitalization of previously registered accrued interest not collected in off-balance sheet accounts is agreed, the entity must create an estimate for 100% of said interest. The estimate may be canceled when there is evidence of sustained payment.

120

The estimate of expected credit losses corresponding to items directly related to the credit portfolio such as legal expenses, shall be determined by applying the same risk percentage assigned to the associated loan, in accordance with what is established in the Provisions.

Credit lines

121

Letters of credit that have been issued based on the granting of loans are included within that category.

122

Jueves 25 de abril de 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 103

Loans denominated in foreign currency and UDIS

In the case of loans denominated in foreign currency and in UDIS, the estimate corresponding to said loans shall be denominated in the original currency or unit of account that corresponds.

Write-offs, eliminations and recoveries of credit portfolio

123

The entity must periodically evaluate whether a loan with Stage 3 credit risk must remain in the statement of financial position, or be written off. In any case, there must be evidence of formal collection efforts exercised, as well as elements that evidence the practical impossibility of recovering the loan in accordance with the entity's internal policies duly established in its credit manual.

124

The write-off referred to in the previous paragraph shall be carried out by canceling the balance of the loan determined as uncollectible by management, against the preventive estimate for credit risks. When the loan to be written off exceeds the balance of its associated estimate, before carrying out the write-off, said estimate must be increased up to the amount of the difference.

125

In addition to what is established in paragraph 124, the entity may opt to eliminate from its assets those loans with Stage 3 credit risk that are provisioned at 100% in accordance with what is indicated in paragraphs 118 and 119, even if they do not meet the conditions to be written off. For such purposes, the entity must cancel the outstanding balance of the loan against the preventive estimate for credit risks.

126

Any recovery resulting from previously written-off or eliminated loans in accordance with the previous paragraphs must be recognized in the results of the period within the item for preventive estimate for credit risks, unless the recoveries come from payments in kind, whose treatment must be carried out in terms of Criterion B-6.

127

Costs and expenses incurred for the recovery of credit portfolio must be recognized as an expense within the item of other income (expenses) of the operation.

Discounts, forgiveness, bonuses and discounts on the portfolio

128

Discounts, forgiveness, bonuses and discounts, that is, the amount forgiven of the loan payment in partial or total form, shall be recorded charged to the preventive estimate for credit risks. In case the amount of these exceeds the balance of the estimate associated with the loan, estimates must previously be constituted up to the amount of the difference.

129

The treatment disposed of in the previous paragraph shall be applicable to those amounts that the entity forgives the borrower, resulting from an increase in credit risk. Not so, for example, discounts and bonuses, which are not associated with an increase in credit risk, which must be reduced from the income that gave rise to them.

Cancellation of excesses in the preventive estimate for credit risks

130

When the balance of the preventive estimate for credit risks has exceeded the amount required in accordance with paragraphs 118 and 119, the differential must be canceled in the period in which such excesses occur, against the results of the period, affecting the same concept or item that originated it, that is, the preventive estimate for credit risks.

Sale of credit portfolio

131

For credit portfolio sale operations in which the conditions established to derecognize a financial asset in accordance with NIF C-14 are not met, the entity must keep the amount of the sold credit in the asset and recognize in the liability the amount of resources from the recipient.

132

In cases where a credit portfolio sale is carried out, in which the conditions to derecognize a financial asset established in NIF C-14 are met, the associated estimate must be canceled.

Presentation standards

Statement of financial position

133

a) the portfolio shall be grouped according to its level of credit risk, that is, Stage 1 credit risk, Stage 2 credit risk or Stage 3 credit risk, according to the type of credit, that is, unrestricted loans and restricted loans, and in turn classified according to the nature of the operation (secured with real estate guarantee, with other guarantees, without guarantee, financial factoring operations, discount or assignment of credit rights and financial leasing operations);

134

104 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

b) the preventive estimate for credit risks must be presented in a separate line item, subtracted from the credit portfolio; c) the amount of transaction costs and income associated with granting credit that form part of the effective interest determined in accordance with this criterion must be presented net as a separate line item, affecting the total credit portfolio; d) interest charged in advance must be presented together with the portfolio that gave rise to it; e) the liability for deposit guarantees will be presented in the other payables line item; f) creditor balances of credits, for example, when there is a balance in favor arising from revolving credits because the borrower made a payment exceeding the amount due, will be presented within the other payables line item, if their relative importance warrants it; g) the liability arising from credit portfolio sale operations will be presented in the bank loans, partners, and other entities line item; h) the unused amount of credit lines granted by the entity will be presented in off-balance-sheet accounts under the line item called credit commitments, and i) the amount of accrued but uncollected interest arising from credits maintained in the portfolio with Stage 3 credit risk, as well as accrued but uncollected financial income arising from financial leasing, financial factoring, discounting, and assignment of rights operations maintained in the portfolio with Stage 3 credit risk, will be presented in off-balance-sheet accounts under the line item of accrued but uncollected interest derived from credit portfolios.

Statement of Comprehensive Income

Interest accrued, financial income accrued in financial leasing, financial factoring, discounting, and assignment of credit rights operations, foreign exchange gain, and the result from the revaluation of UDIS (credit balance), and the result from the effect of credit portfolio renegotiation will be grouped as interest income. Likewise, foreign exchange loss and the result from the revaluation of UDIS (debit balance), and the loss from the effect of credit portfolio renegotiation will be grouped as interest expense.

135

It will be presented as a specific line item, immediately after the financial margin, the preventive estimate for credit risks and the foreign exchange gain or loss, as well as the result from the revaluation of UDIS, which originates from the estimate denominated in foreign currency or in UDIS, respectively.

136

Commissions other than those associated with granting credit will be presented in the commissions and fees charged line item.

137

The gain or loss derived from the sale of credit portfolios will be presented in the other income (expenses) from operations line item, as appropriate.

Disclosure Standards

138

Through notes to the financial statements, the following must be disclosed at a minimum: a) main policies and procedures established for granting, acquiring, selling, controlling, and recovering credits, as well as those related to the evaluation and monitoring of credit risk; b) the characteristics of the business model to determine that the credit portfolio must be valued at amortized cost, as well as a brief description of the tests referred to in the previous paragraph 44; c) in the case of reclassifications due to changes in the business model, it must be disclosed: i. the date of reclassification; ii. a detailed explanation of the changes in the business model and a qualitative description of its effect on the entity's financial statements; iii. the amount reclassified to each of those categories or outside of them, and iv. the category from which the credit portfolio leaves and the one it enters.

139

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 105

d) main policies for classifying the credit portfolio as restricted, as well as a brief description of the reasons for it; e) policies and procedures established to determine concentrations of credit risk; f) breakdown of the total credit portfolio balance by Stage 1, Stage 2, and Stage 3 credit risk level, as well as by type of credit (documented with real estate guarantee, with other guarantees, without guarantee, financial factoring operations, discounting and assignment of credit rights, financial leasing operations, financial entities, and loans granted to other credit unions), distinguishing those denominated in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS; g) the amount of credits that the entity has transferred from Stage 1 or Stage 2 to Stage 3, in accordance with what is established in the Provisions. h) amount and nature of guarantees received, and the terms and conditions associated with the collateral; i) identification by type of credit (documented with real estate guarantee, with other guarantees, without guarantee, financial factoring operations, discounting and assignment of credit rights, financial leasing operations, financial entities, and loans granted to other credit unions), of the portfolio balance with Stage 3 credit risk from the date it was classified as such, in the following timeframes: 1 to 180 natural days, 181 to 365 natural days, 366 natural days to 2 years, and more than 2 years in such classification; j) in aggregate, the concentration percentage and main characteristics of the portfolio by sector, region, or economic group, understood as the latter being groups of natural and legal persons that due to their property or liability links constitute common risks, as well as the amount exposed to risk by the portfolio that shares these characteristics; k) accumulated cost borne by the entity, as well as the balance of the portfolio subject to support programs, identifying it by type of program; l) the amounts of transaction costs, as well as the elements that justify their direct relationship with granting credit; m) explanation of the main variations in the portfolio with Stage 3 credit risk identifying, among others: restructurings, renewals, adjudications, haircuts, eliminations, write-offs, and transfers to and from the portfolio with Stage 3 credit risk and Stage 1 and Stage 2; n) amount of those credits that, in terms of numeral 1 of paragraph 83 above, have remained in the portfolio with Stage 3 credit risk due to continuing to receive payment in terms of what is provided by fraction VIII of article 43 of the Law of Business Bankruptcies, or by having been granted under the protection of article 75 in relation to fractions II and III of article 224 of said Law. This amount must be disclosed stratified, if applicable, by each article and, if applicable, fraction; o) brief description of the methodology for determining preventive estimates for credit risks; p) balance of the preventive estimate for credit risks, breaking it down according to the methodologies for classifying the credit portfolio, as well as by type of credit (documented with real estate guarantee, with other guarantees, without guarantee, financial factoring operations, discounting and assignment of credit rights, financial leasing operations, financial entities, and loans granted to other credit unions); q) movements that have been made to the preventive estimate for credit risks during the fiscal year by its creation, write-offs, eliminations, recoveries, cancellations, haircuts, forgiveness, bonuses, discounts, and adjudications, among others, by type of credit and by each stage of credit risk; r) amount derived from the cancellation of the preventive estimate for credit risks, and the reasons that motivated such cancellation;

106 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

s) amount and origin of estimates recognized by the CNBV, as well as the methodology used for their determination; t) amount of estimates corresponding to undrawn credit lines; u) amount of credits with Stage 3 credit risk that, in accordance with paragraph 126, were eliminated from assets, breaking down those credits granted to related parties; v) amount of credits with Stage 3 credit risk that, in accordance with paragraph 124, were written off, breaking down those credits granted to related parties; w) financing to related parties must be presented or disclosed separately, in accordance with NIF C-13; x) main policies and procedures relative to granting restructurings and renewals, including restructurings or renewals that consolidate various credits granted by the same entity to the same borrower, as well as the elements taken into account to evidence sustained payment; y) total accumulated amount of restructured and/or renewed credits by type of credit (documented with real estate guarantee, with other guarantees, without guarantee, financial factoring operations, discounting and assignment of credit rights, financial leasing operations, financial entities, and loans granted to other credit unions) distinguishing those originated in the fiscal year. Each of these amounts must be broken down into: i. credits with Stage 2 and Stage 3 credit risk that were restructured or renewed; ii. restructurings or renewals that were transferred to Stage 3 credit risk portfolio due to being restructured or renewed, in compliance with paragraph 90; iii. restructured or renewed credits that remained in Stage 1 and Stage 2 credit risk portfolios in accordance with paragraphs 91 to 99; iv. consolidated credits that as a result of a restructuring or renewal were transferred to Stage 3 credit risk portfolio, in accordance with paragraph 101, and v. restructured credits to which the criteria relative to transfer to Stage 3 credit risk portfolio were not applied based on paragraph 103. z) amount and nature of additional guarantees and concessions granted in restructured credits; aa) total amount of the acquired credit portfolio, as well as the estimates related to said portfolio; bb) total amount of credit portfolio sales that the entity has carried out; cc) amount of recoveries of previously written-off or eliminated credit portfolio; dd) breakdown of interest and commissions by type of credit (documented with real estate guarantee, with other guarantees, without guarantee, financial factoring operations, discounting or assignment of credit rights, financial leasing operations, financial entities, and loans granted to other credit unions); ee) amount of interest income that was recognized in the credit in question, at the time of the capitalization referred to in paragraph 120; ff) amount of credit lines registered in off-balance-sheet accounts, distinguishing that corresponding to revocable and irrevocable lines; gg) brief description of the effects on the credit portfolio derived from the application of the different methodologies established through the Provisions or authorized by the CNBV, and hh) the number of payment defaults of credits with payment periods less than 30 days and the credit risk stage in which they are classified.

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 107

B-6 ADJUDICATED ASSETS

Objective and Scope

This criterion aims to define the specific rules relative to the recognition, valuation, presentation, and disclosure in the financial statements of assets that entities adjudicate.

1

This criterion does not cover the treatment of assets that entities adjudicate and are destined for their use, as for this type of asset, the guidelines provided in the accounting criteria applicable to the type of asset in question will apply.

Definitions

2

Adjudicated Assets.- Movable assets (equipment, securities, rights, credit portfolios, among others) and immovable assets that as a consequence of an account, right, or uncollectible item, the entity: a) acquires through judicial adjudication, or b) receives through payment in kind.

3

Disposal Cost.- It is that direct incremental cost that derives from the sale or exchange of an asset or a group of assets, such as commissions, storage, transport, insurance, etc., without considering financing costs and taxes on profit; it includes any distribution cost to owners that is the disposal cost directly attributable to such distribution.

4

Adjudication Value.- For the purposes of this criterion, the book value of the asset. In the case of assets promised for sale or with reservation of ownership, it will be the book value decreased by the payments received on account of the asset, as referred to in Criterion A-3.

5

Net Realizable Value. It is the amount estimated by an entity of what it expects to receive, in cash, cash equivalents, or in kind, from the sale of an asset minus the disposal costs.

6

Fair Value of the Adjudicated Asset.- For the purposes of this criterion, it will correspond to that determined on the date of adjudication: a) in the case of assets whose valuation can be made through an appraisal, this must comply with the requirements established by the CNBV applicable to providers of banking appraisal services, or b) for those assets not subject to appraisal, the exit price that would be received on the date of valuation to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants.

Recognition Standards

7

Assets acquired through judicial adjudication must be recorded on the date the approving order of the auction through which the adjudication was decreed becomes final.

8

Assets that have been received through payment in kind will be recorded, on their part, on the date the deed of payment in kind is signed, or on the date the transmission of the property of the asset has been formalized.

9

The recognition value of adjudicated assets will be: a) the lower between the gross book value of the asset that gave rise to the adjudication, that is, without deducting the preventive estimate for credit risks that has been recognized up to that date, and the net realizable value of the assets received, when the entity's intention is to sell said assets to recover the amount to be collected; or b) the lower between the gross book value of the asset that gave rise to the adjudication and the fair value of the asset received, when the entity's intention is to use the adjudicated asset for its activities.

10

108 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

On the date on which an adjudicated asset is recorded in accounting, the value of the asset that gave rise to the adjudication, as well as the estimate that it may have constituted, must be derecognized from the entities' statement of financial position for the total of the asset net of the aforementioned estimate minus the partial payments in kind referred to in Criterion B-5 or the collections or recoveries corresponding to the acquired credits referred to in clause d) of paragraph 3, of Criterion B-5.

11

The difference between the value of the asset that gave rise to the adjudication, net of estimates, and the value of the adjudicated asset determined in accordance with paragraph 10, will be recognized in the results of the fiscal year as other income (expenses) from operations.

Valuation Standards

12

Adjudicated assets must be valued in accordance with what is established in these criteria, according to the type of asset in question, registering such valuation against the results of the fiscal year as other income (expenses) from operations, as appropriate.

13

The amount of the estimate that recognizes indications of impairment due to potential value losses due to the passage of time of the adjudicated assets will be that determined in accordance with the procedures established in the Provisions, and must be recognized in the results of the fiscal year as other income (expenses) from operations.

14

In the event that, in accordance with the aforementioned impairment procedures, it is necessary to modify the estimate referred to in the previous paragraph, such adjustment must be registered against the amount of the estimate previously recognized as other income (expenses) from operations.

15

At the time of the sale of the adjudicated assets, the difference between the selling price and the book value of the adjudicated asset, net of estimates, must be recognized in the results of the fiscal year as other income (expenses) from operations.

Transfer of Adjudicated Asset for Use

16

When opting to transfer adjudicated assets for the entity's use, such transfer can be made to the line item in the statement of financial position corresponding to the asset in question, provided that the condition is met that the assets are used for the realization of its object and is carried out in accordance with the investment strategies and purposes of the entity that are previously established in its manuals, with no possibility that said assets can be considered again as adjudicated.

Presentation Standards

Statement of Financial Position

17

Adjudicated assets must be presented in a separate line item within the statement of financial position, net of estimates, immediately after merchandise inventory.

Statement of Comprehensive Income

18

The result from the sale of adjudicated assets, adjustments to their value, as well as the constitution and adjustment of the respective estimate, will be presented in the other income (expenses) from operations line item, as appropriate.

19

The difference referred to in paragraph 12 for the adjudication of assets will be presented in the other income (expenses) from operations line item.

Disclosure Standards

20

Through notes to the financial statements, the type of adjudicated asset in question (real estate, equipment, securities, rights, credit portfolios, among others), the procedure used for the valuation of said asset, the amount, type of asset, as well as the use that will be given to it, in the case of those adjudicated assets that have been opted to transfer for the entity's use, as well as the amount of its respective estimate and a brief description of the procedure carried out for its determination, must be disclosed.

21

When the value of the asset that gave rise to the adjudication is equal to the corresponding estimates, the adjudication value of the asset must be disclosed.

22

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 109

B-7 GUARANTEES

Objective and Scope

This criterion aims to establish the accounting treatment that must be given to commitments acquired by entities in granting guarantees in favor of their members.

Definitions

1

Guarantee.- Contract by which the entity backs the creditworthiness of a certain member through the promise to pay the obligation in case of default.

2

In the contract that gives rise to the guarantee, the eventuality that will generate the possible payment commitment is defined, so until said eventuality materializes, the guarantees represent only a commitment.

3

Commitment.- Represents an agreement made to carry out certain actions in the future, which does not meet the requirements to be considered as a liability, provision, or contingency, unless it derives from an onerous contract.

4

Onerous Contract.- It is that whose inevitable costs to fulfill the obligations it entails exceed the economic benefits expected to be received from it.

Recognition and Valuation Standards

5

Since the guarantee represents a commitment, it will not be part of the rights and obligations recognized in the entities' statement of financial position as long as the eventuality does not materialize. Therefore, the recognition of guarantees must be carried out in off-balance-sheet accounts.

6

The total amount for the concept of guarantees must include the total commitments that the entity has on a given date. As the member with whom the commitment is held liquidates the obligations that have been guaranteed, the entity must cancel said amounts from its records.

7

The entity must determine an estimate of the guarantees granted based on the different methodologies established or authorized by the CNBV for each type of credit through general provisions and recognize it in the results of the fiscal year, with the periodicity established in the aforementioned methodologies.

8

In the event of default by the member to whom the entity is guaranteeing, the total amount for which the guarantee was granted will be recorded in the entity's statement of financial position as a credit portfolio, recognizing the corresponding liability. Once the portfolio is affected, the provisions contained in Criterion B-5 will apply to it.

9

Income from commissions derived from granting guarantees will be recognized in the results of the fiscal year in accordance with what is established in NIF D-1 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (NIF D-1).

Presentation Standards

Statement of Financial Position

10

The amount corresponding to guarantees granted will be presented in off-balance-sheet accounts, aligned with the statement of financial position.

11

The balance of the liability for the default of the member to whom the entity is guaranteeing will be included as a diverse creditor in the other payables line item.

Statement of Comprehensive Income

12

Commissions charged for granting guarantees will be presented in the commissions and fees charged line item.

Disclosure Standards

13

Through notes to the financial statements, the types of operations that gave rise to the guarantees must be disclosed, including the generic terms on which this type of operation was carried out.

14

Losses caused to the entity by reason of default by the guaranteed parties, the amount of the estimate constituted, as well as recoveries, must also be disclosed.

15

110 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

B-8 ASSET ADMINISTRATION

Objective and Scope

The purpose of this criterion is to define the specific rules regarding the recognition, valuation, presentation, and disclosure in financial statements of asset administration operations carried out by entities.

1 Trust operations are not included within the scope of this criterion.

Definitions

2 Assets in administration. - These are movable (financial instruments, rights, among others) and immovable property owned by third parties, delivered to the entity for their administration.

3 Acquisition cost. - Is the amount paid in cash or cash equivalents, or the fair value of the consideration given for an asset or service at the time of its acquisition.

4 Administration operations. - Are those carried out by the entity, in which it provides administrative services on certain assets, receiving, where applicable, a commission as consideration.

5 Fair value. - Is the exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the valuation date.

Characteristics

6 Movable and immovable assets may be the subject of administration operations. In the case of financial instruments owned by third parties, these may be sold, administered, or transferred in accordance with the conditions agreed in the contract.

7 By the nature of this type of operation, assets in administration are not recognized by the entities: a) because the entities do not acquire the rights and contractual obligations related to the financial assets in administration (other than cash received by the entities for the payment of services on behalf of third parties), and b) because the definition of asset contained in NIF A-1, Chapter 50, Basic Elements of Financial Statements (NIF A-1, Chapter 50) is not met.

8 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entity is responsible for the assets in administration, assuming a risk in the event of their loss or damage.

Recognition and Valuation Standards

9 Since the assets subject to this criterion do not represent assets of the entities, they must not be part of the rights and obligations recognized in their statement of financial position. However, an amount must be recognized in off-balance-sheet accounts for which the entity would be obligated to respond to its clients for any future contingency, with the exception of cash received for the payment of services on behalf of third parties, because in that particular case, the conditions for its recognition contemplated in Criterion A-2 Application of Specific Rules (Criterion A-2) are met.

10 Income derived from administration services will be recognized in the results of the period in accordance with what is established in NIF D-1.

11 If the entity has an obligation to the depositor for the loss or damage of the asset in administration, the liability will be recognized in the entity's statement of financial position against the results of the period. The accounting recognition referred to in this paragraph will be carried out at the moment the entity becomes aware of such situation, regardless of any legal action by the depositor aimed at repairing the loss or damage.

12 The determination of the valuation of the estimated amount for assets in administration (including the receipt of service payments) will be carried out based on the operation performed in accordance with these accounting criteria. Among the various types of operations, the following are contemplated:

13

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 111

Receipt of service payments on behalf of third parties

Entities must recognize the receipt of cash for the payment of services in the item of restricted cash and cash equivalents against the corresponding liability, valued at the same amount as the asset that gave rise to it, with no effect on the profit or loss of the period. At the moment the respective service payment is made on behalf of third parties, entities must cancel the said liability against the corresponding asset.

14 If the service payment is made on behalf of a partner of the entity itself and the service provider has an account open with the entity to receive such payments, at the moment the partner makes a payment, the corresponding amount must be reclassified within the concept of partner loans.

Presentation and Disclosure Standards

15 The liability arising from the obligation to the depositor for the loss or damage of the asset in administration will be presented in the statement of financial position in the item of other accounts payable, while in the results of the period it will be presented in the item of other income (expenses) from operations.

16 The amount of assets in administration will be presented in off-balance-sheet accounts under the same item, with the exception of cash received for the payment of services on behalf of third parties referred to in paragraph 14, which must be presented in the item of cash and cash equivalents and the liability generated, in the item of other accounts payable.

17 Income derived from administration services recognized in the results of the period will be presented in the item of commissions and fees charged.

18 The following must be disclosed through notes to the financial statements: a) amounts recognized for each type of asset in administration; b) information regarding the type of assets; c) information regarding the nature of administration operations, specifying conditions and terms that could affect them, and d) amount of income from the activity.

19 Additionally, the amount that is restricted within the entity's cash and cash equivalents with respect to the receipt of service payments on behalf of third parties must be disclosed.

20

B-9 TRUSTS

Objective and Scope

The purpose of this criterion is to define the specific rules regarding the recognition, valuation, presentation, and disclosure in financial statements for private trust activities carried out by entities in their capacity as trustees, as well as for mandate operations. Regarding this, it should be mentioned that entities may only act as trustees in guarantee trusts.

Definitions

1 Trust. - The General Law of Credit Instruments and Operations establishes that By virtue of the trust, the settlor transmits to a fiduciary institution the ownership or title of one or more assets or rights, as the case may be, to be destined to lawful and determined purposes, entrusting the realization of said purposes to the fiduciary institution itself.

2 For the purposes of these accounting criteria, it will be understood that, where applicable, this term also refers to mandate operations carried out by unions in their capacity as mandataries.

3 Beneficiary. - Person who has the necessary capacity to receive the benefit that the trust implies.

4

112 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

Settlor. - Person who transmits the ownership or title of the assets or rights subject to the trust, as the case may be, to dedicate them to a lawful and determined purpose.

5 Trustee. - That entity authorized to carry out trust operations and to whom their realization is entrusted.

6 Mandate. - The Federal Civil Code establishes that The mandate is a contract by which the mandatary obligates themselves to execute on behalf of the principal the legal acts that the principal entrusts to them.

7 Trusted Estate. - With respect to each trust contract, the money, and other assets, financial instruments or rights entrusted to the trustee, as well as the increases or decreases, from the respective products or expenses.

Recognition and Valuation Standards

Trusts

8 Entities must recognize the trusted estate in off-balance-sheet accounts, taking into account the responsibility that the realization or fulfillment of the purpose of such trusts entails for the fiduciary entity, whose commission is accepted.

9 In some cases, the responsibility referred to in the previous paragraph is limited to the accounting of the trust's assets, while in other cases, it includes the recognition of assets and liabilities generated during its operation.

10 The valuation of the trusted estate recognized in off-balance-sheet accounts will be carried out in accordance with what is provided in these accounting criteria.

11 Losses borne by the entity for the responsibilities incurred as trustee will be recognized in results in the period in which they are known, regardless of the moment in which any legal promotion for this purpose is carried out.

12 In addition to the recognition referred to in the previous paragraphs, entities must maintain special accounting for each trust contract, registering all operations carried out in it. The balances of the special accountings of each trust contract must invariably coincide with the balances of the off-balance-sheet accounts in which the entity recognizes the trusted estate.

13 When, due to the nature of the trusts established in the entity, there are assets or liabilities on behalf of or in favor of the entity itself, these must be recognized in the statement of financial position of said entity, as appropriate.

14 The recognition of income from the management of trusts must be made based on what is established in NIF D-1. The accumulation of said income must be suspended at the moment the debt for these presents 90 or more calendar days of non-payment, being able to accumulate again when the outstanding debt is fully settled.

15 While income from the management of trusts is suspended from accumulation and not collected, its control will be kept in off-balance-sheet accounts. If said income is collected, it will be recognized directly in the results of the period.

Presentation Standards

Statement of Financial Position

16 In off-balance-sheet accounts, the total amount of the trusted estate will be presented in the item of assets in trust or mandate, in accordance with the recognition and valuation standards provided in this criterion. Likewise, accrued but uncollected income from the management of trusts must be presented in off-balance-sheet accounts in the item of other registration accounts.

Statement of Comprehensive Income

17 Losses borne by the entity for responsibilities incurred will be presented in the item of other income (expenses) from operations, while income from the management of trusts will be included in the item of commissions and fees charged.

Disclosure Standard

18 Through notes to the financial statements, the amount of income received by the entity in trust operations must be disclosed.

19

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 113

C-3 SECURITIZATION OPERATIONS

Objective

The purpose of this criterion is to define the specific rules regarding the treatment in financial statements of securitization operations derived from portfolio assignment.

Definitions

1 Financial Asset. - A right arising from a contract, which provides monetary economic resources to the entity. Therefore, it includes, among others: a) cash or cash equivalents; b) financial instruments generated by a contract, such as an investment in a debt or equity instrument issued by a third party; c) a contractual right to receive cash or any financial instrument from another entity; d) a contractual right to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with a third party under conditions favorable to the entity, or e) a right that will be collected with a variable number of equity financial instruments issued by the entity itself.

2 Subordinated Assets. - Are those assets whose availability is conditioned on the occurrence of certain events.

3 Administration of transferred financial assets. - Contract by which an entity provides services related to the administration of the financial assets subject to securitization operations, such as: collecting and custodian payments of principal and interest from the transferred financial assets; making tax and insurance payments related to said payments on behalf of the securitization vehicle; monitoring default cases or following up on credit risk attributable to the debtors of said assets; where applicable, executing adjudication processes; temporarily investing received payments pending distribution; paying commissions to guarantors and other service providers in the operation; making payments to holders of securities placed among investors through stock exchanges or recognized trading mechanisms.

4 Aforo. - Financial asset transferred by the transferor to the transferee in securitization operations, in addition to the financial assets subject to securitization operations, in order to cover possible defaults by the debtors of the financial assets subject to securitization, guarantee the payment of obligations to investors, among others.

5 Interest Benefits. - Right to receive the total or specific portions of cash flows from a trust, entity or other figure, including participations in the principal and/or interest of debt titles with payment priority and/or subordinated, other cash flows from underlying assets, premiums, obligations, residual interest (whether in the form of debt or equity), among others.

6 Benefits on the Transferee's Remainder. - Interest benefits in the form of titles, contracts or documents that grant their holder participation in the possible excess or remainder that, where applicable, the transferee generates, such as contribution certificates, contribution certificates, fiduciary rights certificates, residual interest, among others.

7 Securitization. - Operation by means of which certain financial assets are transferred to a transferee, with the purpose that the latter issues titles to be placed among investors through stock exchanges or recognized trading mechanisms, which represent the right to receive what is established in the placement prospectus.

8

114 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

Transferor. - Is the entity that transfers to another a financial asset, a participation in a financial asset or a group of financial assets that it controls.

9 Transferee. - Securitization vehicle that receives a financial asset, a participation in a financial asset or a group of financial assets from the transferor.

10 Equity Financial Instrument. - Is that originated by a contract that evidences the participation or the option to participate in the net assets of an entity.

11 Continuous Involvement. Is the condition existing by means of which the transferor continues to be related to a transferred financial asset, either by continuing to have: a) exposure to the risks and benefits of the future cash flows of the transferred financial asset; or b) control over the cash flows of the transferred financial asset, with or without exposure to the relative risks or benefits.

12 Financial Liability. - Is an obligation arising from a contract, which will require the use of monetary economic resources of the entity. Therefore, it represents: a) an obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset to a third party to settle it; b) a contractual obligation to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with a third party under conditions unfavorable to the entity; or c) an obligation that will be settled with a variable number of equity financial instruments issued by the entity itself.

13 Revolver of financial assets in securitization operations. - Mechanism in securitization operations by means of which the transferee agrees with the transferor, the periodic transfer of financial assets during a predetermined time (known as revolving period), in order to maintain an adequate financial relationship between the transferred financial assets and the titles placed among investors through stock exchanges or recognized trading mechanisms, and thus comply with the obligations of the operation.

14 Substitution of financial assets in securitization operations. - Mechanism in securitization operations by means of which the transferor substitutes for the transferee one or more transferred financial assets during a predetermined period, when any of the previously agreed assumptions occur, such as deterioration in credit quality in the case of credit portfolio, deterioration in the rating of securities, or significant defaults from the transferred financial assets.

15 Fair Value. - Is the exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the valuation date.

16 Securitization Vehicle. - Is an entity, trust or other legal figure, whose activities, in accordance with its object or statutes, are permanently limited to: a) maintaining possession of the transferred financial assets; b) issuing securities that represent rights over the financial assets; c) receiving the flows proceeding from the transferred financial assets, reinvesting them in financial instruments and providing other services associated with the assets; d) distributing the benefits to the holders of the securities placed among investors through stock exchanges or recognized trading mechanisms, and e) distributing the benefits on the remainder that it has the obligation to deliver, where applicable.

17

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 115

Characteristics

In securitization operations, the transferor may or may not transfer the risks and benefits regarding the financial assets to the transferee, and may additionally transfer or not transfer its control. The transferee issues securities to be placed among investors through stock exchanges or recognized trading mechanisms, which represent benefits from interest or rights on what is established in the placement prospectus. As consideration, the transferor may receive, among other things, cash or cash equivalents, financial instruments, benefits on the transferee's residual, rights, or derivative financial instruments.

18 In operations that meet the definitions, concepts, and assumptions established in NIF C-14 for the derecognition of the entirety or a portion of financial assets (as applicable), the transferring entity (transferor) shall derecognize such entirety or portion of the securitized financial assets from its financial statements and recognize the consideration received or incurred in the securitization operation in accordance with what is stated in the aforementioned NIF C-14. Conversely, the receiving entity (transferee) shall recognize such financial assets in its statement of financial position, as well as the consideration granted or received for the securitization operation, in accordance with what is stated in Criterion A-2.

19 If, in accordance with what is established in the previous paragraph, the definitions, concepts, and assumptions established in NIF C-14 for the derecognition of the entirety, or of a portion of financial assets based on its continuous involvement, are not met, the transferring entity (transferor) shall not remove the securitized financial assets in their entirety or portion for which it retains continuous involvement from its financial statements and shall recognize the associated financial liability, as well as the consideration received or incurred in the operation, in accordance with what is stated in the aforementioned NIF C-14. Conversely, the receiving entity (transferee) shall recognize the portion of the transferred financial asset that the transferor has derecognized and on which the transferee has obtained the contractual rights and obligations; the consideration received or incurred in the operation, considering the new financial assets and the new obligations assumed (including the account receivable for the financing granted to the transferor against the outflow of cash, as well as the inflow of financial assets from the placement of securities among investors against the corresponding liability for the issuance of titles), in accordance with what is stated in Criterion A-2.

20 Additionally, in securitization operations, the transferor may grant a margin (cash or cash equivalents, credit portfolio, securities, rights, and derivative financial instruments, among others) in order to cover possible defaults by the debtors of the transferred financial asset object of securitization, or to guarantee the payment of obligations to investors, among others. For the granting of said margin, the transferor may or may not maintain the right to receive assets as consideration, such as, the reimbursement of the margin itself, benefits on the transferee's residual, interest benefits, among others.

21 Likewise, regardless of the granting of the margin, the transferor may receive financial assets in the form of benefits on the transferee's residual and interest benefits, among others.

Operations that meet the requirements for derecognition of financial assets

Recognition and valuation standards

Transferor (Transferring Entity)

22 At the time the transfer of financial assets in securitization operations that meet the definitions, concepts, and assumptions established in NIF C-14 for the derecognition of the entirety or a portion of financial assets (as applicable) is carried out, the transferring entity (transferor) shall make the accounting records indicated in the aforementioned NIF C-14 for such cases.

23 Regarding financial assets for which estimates of expected credit losses or similar concepts have been established, at the time of recognizing their exit from the statement of financial position, their net book value at the date of their transfer shall be considered.

24 Consistently with what is established in NIF C-14, the consideration received or incurred in the operation shall be recognized, considering the new financial assets and the new obligations assumed, at their fair values (such as cash or cash equivalents, interest benefits, derivative financial instruments, assets or liabilities for the administration of the transferred financial assets, financial liabilities, rights on the granted margin), attending to the recognition, valuation, presentation, and disclosure standards in accordance with the accounting criterion corresponding according to the nature of the item in question.

25

116 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

The consideration received in the form of benefits on the transferee's residual shall be recognized as benefits receivable in securitization operations and shall be maintained valued, from their initial recording, at their fair value at the valuation date, recognizing the adjustments resulting from their valuation in the results of the period. The fair value valuation of the benefits on the transferee's residual shall, if applicable, be consistent with the accounting policies of an entity that must be consolidated in accordance with what is stated in NIF B-8, in order to facilitate the consolidation of the transferee in the transferor's financial statements.

26 For the recognition of operations that meet the requirements for derecognition of financial assets, what is established in NIF C-14 shall be attended to.

27 Subsequent collections or recoveries related to benefits receivable in securitization operations shall be recognized attending to the nature of the items received, following the recognition, valuation, presentation, and disclosure standards in accordance with the corresponding accounting criterion and shall be applied directly for the reduction of said benefits receivable.

28 Excess subsequent collections or recoveries over the amount recorded in benefits receivable in securitization operations shall be recognized attending to the nature of the items received, following the recognition, valuation, presentation, and disclosure standards in accordance with the corresponding accounting criterion against the results of the period.

Revolution and substitution of financial assets in securitization operations

29 In securitization operations in which it is agreed that the transferor may transfer additional financial assets to those initially transferred, such as in the case of substitution or revolution, it shall be verified whether such transfers comply with what is provided in NIF C-14 or, in its case, in Criterion A-2 in order to determine their recognition and/or derecognition from the statement of financial position.

Administration of transferred assets

30 In case the transferor provides administration services for the transferred financial assets, an asset or liability for the administration of initially transferred assets shall be recognized at its fair value as part of the initial recording of the operation. When the consideration for said administration is reasonably expected to exceed the costs and expenses incurred for the administration service, an asset for the administration of transferred assets shall be recognized; otherwise, a liability for the administration of transferred assets shall be recognized. Subsequently, said assets or liabilities for administration shall be valued at fair value, recognizing the valuation effects directly in the results of the period.

Transferee (Receiving Entity)

31 At the time the transfer of financial assets in securitization operations that meet the definitions, concepts, and assumptions established in NIF C-14 for the derecognition of the entirety or a portion of financial assets (as applicable) is carried out, the transferee shall make the accounting records indicated in Criterion A-2 for the recognition of financial assets, including the consideration granted or received for the securitization operation (such as: cash or cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments, financial assets, and obligations on the received margin). Subsequently, for valuation purposes, the recognition, valuation, presentation, and disclosure standards shall be attended to in accordance with the corresponding accounting criterion according to the nature of the item in question.

32 In case the transferred financial asset corresponds to a credit portfolio, the difference between the contractual value of the acquired portfolio and the acquisition price shall be recognized in accordance with the guidelines for the acquisition of credit portfolios provided in Criterion B-5.

33 Regarding the placement of securities among investors through stock exchanges or recognized trading mechanisms, the transferee shall record in its accounting the inflow of financial assets resulting from said placement of securities, as well as the corresponding financial liability, including any other interest benefit, attending to what is established in NIF C-19.

34 The obligations in which the transferee incurs, if applicable, that represent the benefits on its residual, shall be registered as part of equity or capital, as applicable.

35 The issuance expenses of the titles placed among investors through stock exchanges or recognized trading mechanisms incurred by the transferee shall be registered in accordance with what is established in NIF C-19. Expenses for the concept of the administration of financial assets shall be recognized in the results of the period.

36

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 117

Presentation standards

Transferor (Transferring Entity)

Statement of Financial Position

The benefits on the residual in securitization operations and the asset for the administration of transferred financial assets shall be presented in the statement of financial position forming part of the benefits receivable in securitization operations. The liabilities for the administration of transferred assets shall be presented in the line item of obligations in securitization operations.

37 The rest of the financial assets and obligations assumed arising from securitization operations that meet the requirements for derecognition of financial assets shall be presented in the statement of financial position in accordance with the corresponding accounting criterion according to the nature of the item in question.

Statement of Comprehensive Income

38 The result from the derecognition of a financial asset in its entirety, as well as the result from the derecognition of a portion of a financial asset shall be presented in the line item of the statement of comprehensive income that corresponds according to the nature of the asset or portion thereof, whether as a gain or loss.

39 The valuation of benefits receivable in securitization operations, as well as of the assets or liabilities for the administration of transferred assets shall be presented in the statement of comprehensive income in the line item of other income (expenses) of the operation, as applicable.

40 Excess collections or recoveries over the amount recorded in benefits receivable in securitization operations shall be presented in the line item of other income (expenses) of the operation. The loss that may exist for the difference between the collections or recoveries and the amount recorded in benefits receivable in securitization operations shall be presented in the line item of other income (expenses) of the operation.

41 The presentation of the effects in results for the rest of the financial assets and obligations assumed arising from securitization operations shall be carried out in accordance with the corresponding accounting criterion according to the nature of the item in question.

Transferee (Receiving Entity)

Statement of Financial Position

42 The financial assets object of securitization operations that meet the requirements for derecognition of financial assets by the transferor shall be presented in the transferee's statement of financial position in accordance with the corresponding accounting criterion according to the nature of the item in question. Likewise, the amount of securities placed among investors through stock exchanges or recognized trading mechanisms, object of the securitization operation, shall be presented within the liability in a specific line item in the statement of financial position as issued credit titles.

43 The obligations that represent the benefits on its residual shall be presented in the statement of financial position forming part of equity or capital, as applicable.

Statement of Comprehensive Income

44 The interest that accrues on the securities and other interest benefits placed among investors through stock exchanges or recognized trading mechanisms by the transferee, as well as the issuance expenses in terms of NIF C-19, shall be recognized in the results of the period as interest expenses.

45 Expenses for the concept of the administration of financial assets recognized in the results of the period shall be presented in the line item of commissions and fees paid.

46 Regarding the acquisition of credit portfolio, the amortization of the difference between the contractual value of the acquired portfolio and the acquisition price shall be presented in the line item of other income (expenses) of the operation in accordance with what is established in Criterion B-5.

47 In its case, the presentation of the effects in results for the rest of the financial assets and obligations assumed arising from securitization operations that meet the requirements for derecognition of financial assets shall be carried out in accordance with the corresponding accounting criterion according to the nature of the item in question.

48

118 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

Operations that do not meet the requirements for derecognition of financial assets

Recognition and valuation standards

Transferor (Transferring Entity)

Regarding transfers of financial assets in securitization operations that do not meet the definitions, concepts, and assumptions established in NIF C-14 for the derecognition of the entirety, or portion of financial assets based on their continuous involvement, the transferring entity (transferor) shall make the accounting records contained in the aforementioned NIF C-14 for such cases.

Transferee (Receiving Entity)

49 Regarding transfers of financial assets in securitization operations that do not meet the definitions, concepts, and assumptions established in NIF C-14 for the derecognition of the entirety, or portion of financial assets based on their continuous involvement, the transferee shall make the accounting records established in the aforementioned NIF C-14 for such cases.

50 Among other records, the transferee shall recognize in its statement of financial position the resources coming from investors for the placement of securities through stock exchanges or recognized trading mechanisms, against the corresponding financial liability for the titles placed. Likewise, the transferee shall recognize the financing granted to the transferor against the outflow of resources.

51 The issuance expenses of the titles placed among investors through stock exchanges or recognized trading mechanisms incurred by the transferee shall be registered in accordance with what is established in NIF C-19. Expenses for the concept of the administration of financial assets shall be recognized in the results of the period.

Presentation standards

Transferor (Transferring Entity)

Statement of Financial Position

52 The financial assets that the transferor entity may grant as guarantee or collateral in securitization operations shall be presented as a restricted asset, according to the type of asset in question. Likewise, the financial liability corresponding to the financing received from the transferee shall be presented as part of bank loans or from other entities. The liability associated with securitization operations in which continuous involvement is retained shall be presented in the line item of obligations in securitization operations.

53 The rest of the financial assets and obligations assumed arising from securitization operations that do not meet the requirements for derecognition of financial assets shall be presented in the statement of financial position in accordance with the corresponding accounting criterion according to the nature of the item in question.

Statement of Comprehensive Income

54 In its case, the presentation of the effects in results for the rest of the financial assets and obligations assumed arising from securitization operations that do not meet the requirements for derecognition of financial assets shall be carried out in accordance with the corresponding accounting criterion according to the nature of the item in question.

Transferee (Receiving Entity)

Statement of Financial Position

55 The financial asset that represents the financing granted to the transferor shall be presented within the credit portfolio as part of the commercial portfolio. Likewise, the amount of securities placed among investors through stock exchanges or recognized trading mechanisms, object of the securitization operation, shall be presented within the liability in a specific line item in the statement of financial position.

Statement of Comprehensive Income

56 The interest that accrues on the securities and other interest benefits placed among investors through stock exchanges or recognized trading mechanisms by the transferee, as well as the issuance expenses in terms of what is stated in NIF C-19, shall be recognized in the results of the period as interest expenses.

57 In its case, the presentation of the effects in results for the rest of the financial assets and obligations assumed arising from securitization operations that do not meet the requirements for derecognition of financial assets shall be carried out in accordance with the corresponding accounting criterion according to the nature of the item in question.

58

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 119

Expenses for the concept of the administration of financial assets, recognized in the results of the period, shall be presented in the line item of commissions and fees paid.

Disclosure standards

59 The following information shall be disclosed in notes to the financial statements for securitization operations:

Transferor (Transferring Entity)

a) the characteristics of the securitization operations carried out: the type of securitization celebrated (if they correspond to a securitization that met or did not meet the requirements for the derecognition of financial assets), generic type of transferred financial assets, restrictions on the transferee's rights over the ceded financial assets (mainly characteristics and amounts of restricted assets), characteristics of the margin and collateral, as well as the amounts for these operations recognized in results in the line item of other income (expenses) of the operation;

b) main characteristics of the consideration received and incurred in securitization operations;

c) the main characteristics of the assets and liabilities that make up the benefits on the transferee's residual that, if applicable, are agreed upon, as well as description of the methodology used for their valuation;

d) detailed description of the valuation methodology of the benefits on the transferee's residual, main assumptions used, including a scenario that shows the valuation under adverse conditions, as well as the mention that said valuation was carried out, if applicable, under parameters consistent based on formal techniques recognized in the market (revealing said parameters);

e) amount of the valuation effect recognized in results for the valuation of benefits on the transferee's residual;

f) amount of financing received in securitization operations, as well as main conditions relative to the obligations acquired for its payment (term, rate, payment methods, among others);

g) description of the agreements for the revolution and substitution of transferred financial assets, if any have been agreed upon;

h) description of the agreements for the repurchase of the ceded assets, if any have been agreed upon;

i) description of the rights or obligations that are held over the transferred financial assets that act as margin or collateral, as applicable;

j) description of the agreements to provide the service of administration of transferred financial assets;

k) amount recognized in the results of the period for the fair value valuation of the asset or liability for the administration of assets, as well as main assumptions used for the determination of said fair value;

l) information on early liquidations of the transferred or ceded financial assets, and

m) description of the financial assets received as a result of the liquidation of residuals or excesses of the transferee.

Transferee (Receiving Entity)

a) the characteristics of the interest benefits issued, subordinated or not, such as: type, amount, interest rate, term, rights and payment restrictions;

b) main characteristics of the consideration received and incurred in securitization operations;

c) qualification of the credit quality of the titles placed among investors through stock exchanges or recognized trading mechanisms, as well as of the financial assets object of the securitization operation, and

d) description of the methodology used to value at fair value the obligations related to securitization operations.

60

120 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 D-1 STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION Background Financial information must comply, among other things, with the objective of presenting the financial situation of entities at a specific date, requiring the establishment, through specific criteria, of the objectives and general structure that the statement of financial position must have. Objective and Scope 1 This criterion aims to establish the general characteristics, as well as the structure that the statement of financial position of entities must have, which must adhere to what is provided in this criterion. Likewise, minimum guidelines are established with the purpose of homogenizing the presentation of this financial statement among entities, and in this way, facilitate its comparability. 2 The statement of financial position aims to present information regarding resources (assets) and sources of financing (liabilities and equity) of an entity at a specific date. 3 The statement of financial position, therefore, must adequately show, on consistent bases, the position of entities regarding their assets, liabilities, equity, and off-balance sheet accounts, so that the economic resources available to these entities, as well as their financial structure, can be evaluated. 4 Additionally, the statement of financial position must fulfill the objective of being a useful tool for the analysis of different entities, so it is convenient to establish the concepts and general structure that this financial statement must contain. Concepts Integrating the Statement of Financial Position 5 In a broad context, the concepts that integrate the statement of financial position are: assets, liabilities, and equity, understood as such concepts as defined in NIF A-1, Chapter 50. Likewise, the off-balance sheet accounts referred to in this criterion are part of the concepts that integrate the structure of the statement of financial position of entities. Structure of the Statement of Financial Position 6 The structure of the statement of financial position must group the concepts of assets, liabilities, equity, and off-balance sheet accounts, in such a way that it reflects their degree of liquidity or exigibility from highest to lowest, as appropriate. 7 In this way, the minimum items that must be included in the statement of financial position are the following: Assets cash and cash equivalents; margin accounts (derivative financial instruments); investments in financial instruments; repo debtors; derivative financial instruments; hedge accounting adjustments for financial assets; total credit portfolio (net); benefits to be received in securitization operations; other receivables (net); merchandise inventory; foreclosed assets (net); 8

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 121 long-term assets held for sale or for distribution to owners; prepayments and other assets; property, furniture, and equipment (net); right-of-use assets for property, furniture, and equipment (net); permanent investments; delayed income tax assets (net); intangible assets (net); right-of-use assets for intangible assets (net), and goodwill. Liabilities securities liabilities; bank loans, member loans, and loans from other organizations; sold collateral; derivative financial instruments; hedge accounting adjustments for financial liabilities; liabilities in securitization operations; lease liability; other payables; liabilities related to groups of assets held for sale; contributions for future capital increases pending formalization in the shareholders' meeting; obligations associated with the removal of components of property, furniture, and equipment; income tax liability; employee benefits liability, and delayed credits and advance collections. Equity contributed capital, and retained earnings. Off-Balance Sheet Accounts guarantees granted; contingent assets and liabilities; credit commitments; assets in trust or mandate; assets in administration; collateral received by the entity; collateral received and sold by the entity; accrued interest not collected derived from credit portfolio with credit risk stage 3, and other registration accounts.

122 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Presentation of the Statement of Financial Position The items described above correspond to the minimum required for the presentation of the statement of financial position; however, entities must break down, either in the cited financial statement or through notes, the content of the concepts they consider necessary in order to show their financial situation to the user of financial information. At the end of this criterion, a statement of financial position prepared with the minimum items referred to in the previous paragraph is shown. 9 However, certain items of the statement of financial position require special guidelines for their presentation, which are described below: Margin Accounts (Derivative Financial Instruments) 10 Balances from margin accounts in cash, securities, or other assets referred to in NIF C-10 will be presented as part of this item. Investments in Financial Instruments 11 The different categories of investments in financial instruments, such as trading financial instruments, financial instruments to collect and sell, and financial instruments to collect principal and interest (securities), the latter at their amortized cost (that is, including accrued interest not collected and net of items to amortize and expected credit losses), will be presented within this item. Repo Debtors 12 The debtor balance resulting from repo operations referred to in the corresponding criterion will be presented immediately after the concept of investments in financial instruments. Derivative Financial Instruments 13 Financial assets resulting from derivative financial instruments will be presented immediately after the concept of repo debtors, disaggregated into derivative financial instruments for trading purposes or for hedging purposes, as appropriate. Hedge Accounting Adjustments for Financial Assets 14 In a fair value hedge for interest rate risk of a portion of a portfolio composed of financial assets, the adjustment to the book value of the hedged item by the gain or loss recognized in the period's results will be presented in this item, immediately after the item of derivative financial instruments. Total Credit Portfolio (Net) 15 In order to obtain higher quality information regarding commercial credits granted by entities to their members, the credit portfolio must be disaggregated in the statement of financial position according to the destination of the credit, classified into any of the following categories: Credit Portfolio with Credit Risk Stage 1 Commercial Credits documented with real estate guarantee; documented with other guarantees; unsecured; financial factoring, discount, or assignment of credit rights operations; financial leasing operations; financial entities, and loans granted to other credit unions. 16

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 123 Credit Portfolio with Credit Risk Stage 2 Commercial Credits documented with real estate guarantee; documented with other guarantees; unsecured; financial factoring, discount, or assignment of credit rights operations; financial leasing operations; financial entities, and loans granted to other credit unions. Credit Portfolio with Credit Risk Stage 3 Commercial Credits documented with real estate guarantee; documented with other guarantees; unsecured; financial factoring, discount, or assignment of credit rights operations; financial leasing operations; financial entities, and loans granted to other credit unions. Credit Portfolio Valued at Fair Value Commercial Credits documented with real estate guarantee; documented with other guarantees; unsecured; financial factoring, discount, or assignment of credit rights operations; financial leasing operations; financial entities, and loans granted to other credit unions. Credits denominated in UDIS, whether own or derived from support programs for debtors, must be presented in the category that corresponds to them. 17 The credit portfolio will be presented, according to the credit in question, net of interest collected in advance and the corresponding deferred credits for financial income to accrue in financial leasing contracts. 18 Also presented within this item will be: deferred items (such as the net amount between transaction costs and origination commissions, as well as effects from renegotiations) and the estimates corresponding to the credit portfolio. Likewise, acquired receivables rights, relating to acquired credits referred to in subsection d) of paragraph 3, of Criterion B-5, net of their estimate. Other Receivables (Net) 19 Receivables not included in the credit portfolio will be presented, considering among others, debtor clearing accounts, debtors for collateral granted in cash, and conditional receivables, deducted, if applicable, from the estimate of expected credit losses. 20

124 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Long-Term Assets Held for Sale or for Distribution to Owners Investments in long-term assets that are classified as held for sale, such as subsidiaries, associates, and joint ventures, as well as those held for distribution, including discontinued operations, referred to in NIF B-11, will be presented within this item. Prepayments and Other Assets 21 Prepayments and other assets such as deferred charges and security deposits, as well as other short-term and long-term assets, must be presented as a single item in the statement of financial position. The employee benefits asset arising in accordance with what is established in NIF D-3 Employee Benefits (NIF D-3) will be part of this item. Right-of-Use Assets for Property, Furniture, and Equipment (Net) 22 Those assets representing the right of a lessee to use a property, furniture, or equipment during the lease term, reduced by their accumulated depreciation, are presented. Permanent Investments 23 Permanent investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, as well as other permanent investments, added by the goodwill that may have been generated, are presented within this item. Right-of-Use Assets for Intangible Assets (Net) 24 Those assets representing the right of a lessee to use an intangible asset during the lease term, reduced by their accumulated amortization, are presented. Bank Loans, Member Loans, and Loans from Other Organizations 25 Bank loans, member loans, and loans from other organizations will be grouped within a specific item, disaggregated into: short-term (amount of amortizations whose maturity term is less than or equal to one year), and long-term (amount of amortizations whose maturity term is greater than one year). 26 The liability generated in credit portfolio sale operations where the conditions established to derecognize a financial asset in accordance with what is established in NIF C-14 are not met, will be presented within this item. Sold Collateral 27 Sold collateral representing the obligation to return collateral received from the counterparty in derivative financial instrument operations and other sold collateral, as well as those sold collateral in repo operations, must be presented within this item in a disaggregated manner. 28 In the case of repo operations, the creditor balance originating from the compensation carried out in accordance with Criterion B-3 must be presented. Derivative Financial Instruments 29 Financial liabilities resulting from derivative financial instruments will be presented immediately after the item of sold collateral, disaggregated into derivative financial instruments for trading purposes or for hedging purposes, as appropriate. Hedge Accounting Adjustments for Financial Liabilities 30 In a fair value hedge for interest rate risk of a portion of a portfolio composed of financial liabilities, the adjustment to the book value of the hedged item by the gain or loss recognized in the period's results will be presented in this item, immediately after the corresponding financial liabilities. Other Payables 31 Among others, creditor clearing accounts, creditors for collateral received in cash, contributions to be paid, various creditors, and other payables, including in the latter overdrafts in checking accounts and the negative balance of the cash and cash equivalents item that in accordance with what is established in Criterion B-1 must be presented as a liability, will be part of this item. 32

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 125 Liabilities Related to Groups of Assets Held for Sale Liabilities related to groups of long-term assets held for sale, including discontinued operations, will be presented within this item. Obligations Associated with the Removal of Components of Property, Furniture, and Equipment 33 In this item, obligations arising from the permanent removal of service of a component of property, furniture, and equipment, in accordance with what is established in NIF C-18 Obligations Associated with the Removal of Property, Plant, and Equipment, will be included. Income Tax Liability 34 The amount corresponding to taxes incurred, as well as the amount resulting from the deferred income tax liability, determined in accordance with what is established in NIF D-4, will be presented in this item. Employee Benefits Liability 35 The liability arising in accordance with what is established in NIF D-3 will be part of this item. Delayed Credits and Advance Collections 36 This item will be integrated by delayed credits and advance collections, such as advance collections received on account of goods promised for sale or with reservation of ownership, among others. Equity 37 When preparing the consolidated statement of financial position, the non-controlling interest representing the part of the subsidiary's equity that corresponds to non-controlling shareholders will be presented in a separate line, immediately after retained earnings. Gain on Holding of Non-Monetary Assets 38 The entity will recognize in this item the unrealized gain on holding of non-monetary assets, in accordance with what is established in NIF B-10. Off-Balance Sheet Accounts 39 At the bottom of the statement of financial position, situations or events that, according to the definition of assets, liabilities, and equity mentioned above, should not be included within said concepts in the statement of financial position of entities, but that provide information on any of the following events, must be presented: a) guarantees granted; b) contingent assets and liabilities such as contingent credit lines, irrevocable credit lines, and guarantees, as well as credit commitments such as granted credit lines not used and revocable credit lines, the foregoing in accordance with NIF C-9; c) assets in trust or mandate; d) collateral received by the entity; e) collateral received and sold by the entity; f) amounts that complement the figures contained in the statement of financial position, and g) other accounts that the entity considers necessary to facilitate accounting records or to comply with applicable legal provisions. Assets in Administration 40 The amount derived from the distribution operations of investment fund shares will be presented in this item. 41

126 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 NAME OF THE CREDIT UNION ADDRESS STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS OF ____ OF ____________ OF ______ EXPRESSED IN CURRENCY OF PURCHASING POWER OF _______________ OF ______ (1) (Thousands of pesos) ASSETS LIABILITIES AND EQUITY CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS $ SECURITIES LIABILITIES $ MARGIN ACCOUNTS (DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS) BANK LOANS, MEMBER LOANS, AND LOANS FROM OTHER ORGANIZATIONS Short-term $ INVESTMENTS IN FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS Long-term Trading Financial Instruments $ SOLD COLLATERAL Financial Instruments to Collect and Sell Repo Operations Financial Instruments to Collect Principal and Interest (Securities) (net) Other Sold Collateral Derivative Financial Instruments REPO DEBTORS DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS For Trading For Trading For Hedging For Hedging HEDGE ACCOUNTING ADJUSTMENTS FOR FINANCIAL ASSETS HEDGE ACCOUNTING ADJUSTMENTS FOR FINANCIAL LIABILITIES CREDIT PORTFOLIO WITH CREDIT RISK STAGE 1 Commercial Credits LIABILITIES IN SECURITIZATION OPERATIONS Documented with Real Estate Guarantee $ Documented with Other Guarantees LEASE LIABILITY Unsecured Financial Factoring, Discount, or Assignment of Credit Rights Operations OTHER PAYABLES Financial Leasing Operations Suppliers Financial Entities Creditors for Operation Clearing Loans Granted to Other Credit Unions Creditors for Margin Accounts Creditors for Collateral Received in Cash TOTAL CREDIT PORTFOLIO WITH CREDIT RISK STAGE 1 Contributions to be Paid Various Creditors and Other Payables CREDIT PORTFOLIO WITH CREDIT RISK STAGE 2 LIABILITIES RELATED TO GROUPS OF ASSETS HELD Commercial Credits FOR SALE Documented with Real Estate Guarantee Documented with Other Guarantees CONTRIBUTIONS FOR FUTURE CAPITAL INCREASES Unsecured PENDING FORMALIZATION IN SHAREHOLDERS' MEETING Financial Factoring, Discount, or Assignment of Credit Rights Operations Financial Leasing Operations OBLIGATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE REMOVAL OF COMPONENTS OF Financial Entities PROPERTY, FURNITURE, AND EQUIPMENT Loans Granted to Other Credit Unions INCOME TAX LIABILITY TOTAL CREDIT PORTFOLIO WITH CREDIT RISK STAGE 2 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIABILITY CREDIT PORTFOLIO WITH CREDIT RISK STAGE 3 DELAYED CREDITS AND ADVANCE COLLECTIONS Commercial Credits Documented with Real Estate Guarantee TOTAL LIABILITIES $ Documented with Other Guarantees Unsecured EQUITY Financial Factoring, Discount, or Assignment of Credit Rights Operations CONTRIBUTED CAPITAL Financial Leasing Operations Financial Entities Loans Granted to Other Credit Unions TOTAL CREDIT PORTFOLIO WITH CREDIT RISK STAGE 3

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 127 CREDIT PORTFOLIO VALUED AT FAIR VALUE Contributions for future capital increases formalized in shareholders' meeting CREDIT PORTFOLIO Share Premium on Stock Sale (+) DEFERRED ITEMS (-) LESS: RETAINED EARNINGS PREVENTIVE ESTIMATE FOR CREDIT RISKS Capital Reserves Accumulated Results CREDIT PORTFOLIO (NET) Other Comprehensive Income Valuation of Trading Financial Instruments $ Valuation of Financial Instruments to Collect and Sell ACQUIRED RECEIVABLE RIGHTS (NET) Valuation of Derivative Financial Instruments for Hedging Valuation of Financial Instruments to Collect and Sell Valuation of Derivative Financial Instruments for Hedging TOTAL CREDIT PORTFOLIO (NET) Income and Expenses Related to Assets Held for Disposal BENEFITS TO BE RECEIVED IN SECURITIZATION OPERATIONS Remedy of Defined Employee Benefits Accumulated Effect from Conversion OTHER RECEIVABLES (NET) Gain on Holding of Non-Monetary Assets Participation in OCI of Other Entities MERCHANDISE INVENTORY FORECLOSED ASSETS (NET) TOTAL CONTROLLING INTEREST LONG-TERM ASSETS HELD FOR SALE OR FOR DISTRIBUTION TO OWNERS TOTAL NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST PREPAYMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS TOTAL EQUITY $ PROPERTY, FURNITURE, AND EQUIPMENT (NET) RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS FOR PROPERTY, FURNITURE, AND EQUIPMENT (NET)

PERMANENT INVESTMENTS DELAYED INCOME TAX ASSETS (NET) INTANGIBLE ASSETS (NET) RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS FOR INTANGIBLE ASSETS (NET) GOODWILL TOTAL ASSETS $ TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY $ OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS Guarantees Granted $ Contingent Assets and Liabilities Credit Commitments Assets in Trust or Mandate Assets in Administration Collateral Received by the Entity Collateral Received and Sold by the Entity Accrued Interest Not Collected Derived from Credit Portfolio with Credit Risk Stage 3 Other Registration Accounts The concepts appearing in this statement are shown in an illustrative but not exhaustive manner. (1) This line will be omitted if the economic environment is "non-inflationary".

128 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 D-2 STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME Background Financial information must comply, among other things, with the objective of reporting the results of an entity's operations during a defined accounting period, requiring the establishment, through specific criteria, of the object and general structure that the statement of comprehensive income must have. This is with the aim of obtaining elements of judgment regarding, among other issues, the level of operational efficiency, profitability, and financial risk.

Objective and Scope 1 This standard aims to establish the general characteristics for the presentation and structure of the statement of comprehensive income, the minimum content requirements, and the general disclosure rules. Whenever this financial statement is prepared, entities must adhere to the structure and guidelines provided in this standard, through which the presentation of this financial statement among entities is sought to be homogenized, and in this way, facilitate its comparability. 2 The statement of comprehensive income aims to present information relating to the result of the entity's operations during an accounting period.

Concepts that make up the statement of comprehensive income 3 In a broad context, the concepts that make up the statement of comprehensive income are: income, costs, expenses, net result, and comprehensive result, considering as such the concepts thus defined in NIF A-1, Chapter 50.

Structure of the statement of comprehensive income 4 The minimum items that the statement of comprehensive income in entities must contain are the following: financial margin; financial margin adjusted for credit risks; operating result; result before income taxes; result from continuing operations; net result, and comprehensive result.

Presentation of the statement of comprehensive income 5 The items described above correspond to the minimum requirements for the presentation of the statement of comprehensive income; however, entities must break down, either in the aforementioned statement of comprehensive income or through notes to the financial statements, the content of the concepts they consider necessary in order to show their results to the user of the financial information. At the end of this standard, a consolidated statement of comprehensive income is shown, prepared with the minimum items referred to in the previous paragraph.

Characteristics of the items that make up the structure of the statement of comprehensive income Financial Margin 6 The financial margin shall be composed of the difference between interest income and interest expenses, increased or decreased by the result from net monetary position, related to items of the financial margin (in the case of an inflationary environment).

Interest Income 7 Among others, interest income is considered to be the returns generated by the credit portfolio, contractually called interest, those derived from acquired receivables rights (impaired credits), the amortization of interest collected in advance, the financial income accrued in financial leasing operations, financial factoring, discounting and assignment of credit rights, as well as premiums and interest from other financial operations, such as, deposits in financial entities, margin accounts, investments in financial instruments, repo operations, operations with financial derivative instruments, as well as premiums for debt placement. 8

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 129 Interest income also includes commissions charged for the granting of credit and the effect from the renegotiation of the credit portfolio, as well as dividends from financial instruments that qualify as equity financial instruments. 9 Likewise, adjustments for valuation derived from items denominated in UDIS or in some other general price index are considered as interest income, as well as exchange gains, provided that such items come from positions related to income or expenses that are part of the financial margin. 10 Interest collected relating to credits classified as stage 3 portfolio with default risk, whose accumulation is carried out according to their collection, in accordance with what is established in Criterion B-5, are part of this item.

Interest Expenses 11 Interest expenses are considered to be premiums, discounts, and interest derived from stock market liabilities and bank loans, from partners and other organizations, repo operations. In addition, expenses arising from hedging operations and trading financial derivative instruments. 12 Likewise, adjustments for valuation derived from items denominated in UDIS or in some other general price index are considered interest expenses, as well as exchange losses on positions, provided that such concepts come from assets or liabilities related to expenses or income that are part of the financial margin. 13 Likewise, amortization of costs and expenses associated with the granting of credit (transaction costs), the effect from the renegotiation of the credit portfolio, those derived from lease liabilities, and the financial effect of provisions are considered as interest expenses.

Result from Net Monetary Position (Financial Margin) 14 The result from net monetary position referred to in paragraph 7 shall be that which originates from items whose income or expenses are part of the financial margin (in the case of an inflationary environment).

Financial Margin Adjusted for Credit Risks 15 It corresponds to the financial margin deducted by the amounts related to the movements of the preventive estimate for credit risks in a given period.

Operating Result 16 It corresponds to the financial margin adjusted for credit risks, increased or decreased by: a) commissions and fees charged and paid, b) the result from intermediation, c) other operating income (expenses) other than interest income or expenses that have been included within the financial margin, d) administrative and promotional expenses.

Commissions and Fees Charged and Paid 17 Commissions and fees charged and paid are those generated by credit operations other than those indicated in paragraphs 9 and 14, received loans, debt placement (other than those associated with its issuance) and by the provision of services among others, resource administration, fiduciary activities, and by the granting of guarantees.

Result from Intermediation 18 This item is integrated, among others, by the following concepts: a) result from valuation at fair value of negotiable financial instruments, and financial derivative instruments for trading or hedging purposes and valuation of the hedged item, as well as sold collateral; b) estimate of expected credit losses for investments in financial instruments; c) result from valuation of currencies linked to its social object; d) result from the sale and purchase of financial instruments (securities) and financial derivative instruments; 19

130 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 e) result from the sale and purchase of currencies linked to its social object; f) result from the sale of received collateral; g) transaction costs for the sale and purchase of negotiable financial instruments and financial derivative instruments, and h) other financial results.

Other Operating Income (Expenses) Additionally, operating income and expenses derived from the entity's operations, which are not included in the previous paragraphs, nor form part of administrative and promotional expenses, are recognized within the operating result, such as: a) costs and expenses for credit portfolio recoveries; b) recoveries of taxes, receivables rights, and excess benefits to be received in securitization operations; c) result from the acquisition or sale of portfolios; d) income from purchase option in financial leasing operations; e) income from participation in the sale price of goods in financial leasing operations; f) adjustments to the estimate of expected credit losses; g) losses; h) donations; i) result from the awarding of goods, the result from the valuation of awarded goods, the result from the sale of awarded goods, as well as the estimate for the loss of value in awarded goods; j) loss in the administration of goods; k) loss from impairment or effect from the reversal of impairment of other long-term assets held for sale; l) interest payable in financing for the acquisition of assets; m) result from the sale of properties, furniture, and equipment; n) interest receivable from loans to officials and employees; o) rental income; p) result from the valuation of the asset (or liability) from the administration of transferred financial assets, as well as benefits to be received in securitization operations; q) income and cost of sales from commercialization and transformation activities of goods, merchandise, and various articles; and r) other items of operating income (expenses). 20 In addition to the items previously mentioned, the result from the monetary position, in the case of an inflationary environment, and the exchange result generated by items not related to the financial margin of the entities, will be presented in the item of other operating income (expenses).

Administrative and Promotional Expenses 21 Administrative and promotional expenses shall be considered within the operating result, which must include, among others, all types of direct short-term benefits granted to the entity's employees, the Workers' Participation in Profits (PTU) accrued and deferred, the net cost of the period derived from long-term employee benefits, fees, rents (for example, variable payments for leasing, short-term leases), insurance and bonds, promotional and advertising expenses, taxes and various rights, technology expenses, non-deductible expenses, depreciation and amortization, loss from impairment or effect from the reversal of impairment of real estate and other assets in use, technical assistance expenses, maintenance expenses, consumables and minor supplies, and other administrative and promotional expenses. 22

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 131 Result Before Income Taxes It will be the operating result, incorporating the participation in the net result of other entities, increased or decreased in its case by the effects of impairment and its reversals, dividends from permanent investments, adjustments associated with other permanent investments, and the effects of valuation of permanent investments available for sale.

Result from Continuing Operations 23 It is the result before income taxes, decreased by the effect of income tax expenses accrued in the period, increased or decreased as the case may be, by the effects of deferred income taxes generated or realized in the period, in its case, net of their estimate.

Net Result 24 It corresponds to the result from continuing operations, increased or decreased as appropriate, by discontinued operations referred to in NIF B-11.

Comprehensive Result 25 It corresponds to the net result increased or decreased by the OCI of the period, net of the effects of income taxes and PTU related, as well as the participation in the OCI of other entities. The OCI will be integrated by: valuation of negotiable financial instruments, when they are non-negotiable equity instruments in the short term, valuation of financial instruments to collect and sell, valuation of hedging financial derivative instruments, income and expenses related to assets held for disposal, remeasurement of defined benefits to employees, accumulated effect from conversion, and the result from holding non-monetary assets.

Disclosure Rules 26 The following shall be disclosed in the notes to the financial statements: a) composition of the financial margin, identifying by type of currency interest income and interest expenses, distinguishing them by the type of operation from which they originate (investments in financial instrument repos, credit portfolio, stock market liabilities, as well as bank loans, from partners and other organizations, among others); b) in the case of credit portfolio, in addition, the amount of interest income by type of credit must be identified (documented with real estate guarantee, with other guarantees, without guarantee, financial factoring operations, discounting or assignment of credit rights, financial leasing operations, financial entities, and loans granted to other credit unions); c) composition of the result from intermediation, identifying the result from valuation at fair value and, in its case, the result from sale and purchase, according to the type of operation from which they originate (investments in financial instruments, as well as sold collateral); d) amount of the result from valuation of the credit portfolio valued at fair value; e) amount of charged commissions disaggregated by the main products handled by the entity; f) the amounts of transaction costs recognized in results, and the weighted average term for their amortization, as well as the elements that justify their direct relationship with the granting of credit; g) the detail of income taxes accrued and deferred; h) the detail of the movements of OCI net of income taxes, corresponding to the period effect and to the recycling that was carried out in its case; i) the amounts of income taxes, as well as PTU related to OCI, and j) the amount of basic earnings or loss per share determined based on the NIF relative to earnings per share. 27

132 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 NAME OF THE CREDIT UNION ADDRESS STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FROM ____________ TO ________________ OF _____ EXPRESSED IN CURRENCY OF PURCHASING POWER OF _____ OF _______ (1) (Amounts in thousands of pesos) Interest Income $ Interest Expenses " Result from Net Monetary Position (Financial Margin) " FINANCIAL MARGIN $ Preventive Estimate for Credit Risks " FINANCIAL MARGIN ADJUSTED FOR CREDIT RISKS " Commissions and Fees Charged " Commissions and Fees Paid " Result from Intermediation " Other Operating Income (Expenses) " Administrative and Promotional Expenses " OPERATING RESULT " Participation in the Net Result of Other Entities RESULT BEFORE INCOME TAXES " Income Taxes " RESULT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS " Discontinued Operations " NET RESULT " Other Comprehensive Income " Valuation of Negotiable Financial Instruments " Valuation of Financial Instruments to Collect and Sell " Valuation of Hedging Financial Derivative Instruments " Income and Expenses Related to Assets Held for Disposal " Remeasurement of Defined Benefits to Employees " Accumulated Effect from Conversion " Result from Holding Non-Monetary Assets " Participation in OCI of Other Entities " COMPREHENSIVE RESULT $ Net Result Attributable to: Controlling Participation " Non-Controlling Participation " Comprehensive Result Attributable to: Controlling Participation " Non-Controlling Participation " Basic Earnings per Ordinary Share " The concepts appearing in this statement are shown in an enumerative but not limiting manner. (1) This line will be omitted if the economic environment is "non-inflationary".

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 133 D-3 STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY Background Financial information must comply, among other things, with the objective of reporting the modifications in the owners' investment during a defined accounting period, requiring the establishment, through specific criteria, of the objectives and general structure that the statement of changes in equity must have, with the aim of evaluating, among other issues, the profitability indices of the entity, both from a specific accounting period, as well as cumulatively up to the date of the financial statements.

Objective and Scope 1 This standard aims to establish the general characteristics for the presentation and the structure that the statement of changes in equity of entities must have, the minimum content requirements, and the general disclosure rules. The foregoing with the purpose of homogenizing the presentation of this financial statement among entities and in this way, facilitating its comparability. 2 The statement of changes in equity aims to present the movements between the initial and final balances of contributed capital and earned capital during an accounting period. In general and non-limiting terms, the main items that make up equity are: a) contributed capital, which is composed of contributions from owners received by the entity and by the amount of other financial instruments issued by the entity that qualify as capital. They also include certain contributions for future capital increases, premiums in the issuance or sale of shares and financial instruments that by economic substance qualify as capital, and b) earned capital, which is composed of accumulated comprehensive results, as well as by reserves created by the entity's shareholders. 3 Therefore, the basic elements of the statement of changes in equity of entities are: movements of owners, movements of reserves, and comprehensive result, in accordance with NIF A-1, Chapter 50. 4 The movements presented in the statement of changes in equity must be segregated into the amounts that correspond to the: a) controlling participation, which is the portion of the equity of subsidiaries that belongs to the parent company, and b) non-controlling participation, which is the portion of the equity of subsidiaries that belongs to owners other than the parent company. 5 This standard does not aim to establish the mechanism by which the aforementioned movements are determined, as they are subject to the present criteria or specific NIFs established regarding this matter.

Structure of the statement of changes in equity 6 The statement of changes in equity must present in a segregated manner, for each period for which it is presented, the amounts relating, in its case, to: a) initial balances of equity; b) adjustments for retrospective application due to accounting changes and error corrections; c) adjusted initial balances; d) movements of owners; e) movements of reserves; f) comprehensive result, and g) final balances of equity.

Initial Balances of Equity 7 In this line, the book values of each of the items of equity with which the entity started each period for which the statement of changes in equity is presented must be shown.

Adjustments for Retrospective Application Due to Accounting Changes and Error Corrections 8 It corresponds to adjustments derived from the retrospective application established in NIF B-1 Accounting Changes and Error Corrections. When retrospective adjustments have been determined that consequently affect the initial balances of the period, the corresponding amounts must: a) be presented immediately after the initial balances, since they are adjustments to them; b) be presented in a segregated manner by the amounts that affect each item of equity, and c) in its case, be presented net of income taxes. 9

134 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 In cases where in the same accounting period retrospective adjustments have been determined both for accounting changes and for error corrections, both amounts must be presented in a segregated manner within the body of the statement of changes in net equity, net of income taxes. Adjusted initial balances 10 They result from the algebraic sum of the initial balances of equity and the adjustments by retrospective application to each item individually. Owner movements 11 These are changes to contributed capital or, as appropriate, to retained earnings, during an accounting period, derived from the decisions that owners make regarding their investment in the entity. Some examples of this type of movements are the following: a) capital contributions; b) capital refunds; c) declaration of dividends; d) capitalization of items from contributed capital; e) capitalization of comprehensive income; f) capitalization of reserves, and g) changes in controlling interest that do not imply loss of control. The movements corresponding to owner contributions and those that are distributions to them must be shown separately, i.e., they must not be shown on a net basis. Reserve movements 12 In this line item, the amounts representing increases or decreases to capital reserves must be shown. Comprehensive income 13 It refers to the increase or decrease in the retained earnings of an entity derived from its operation during an accounting period, originated by net income or loss, plus other comprehensive income. In this line item, comprehensive income will be presented broken down into the following components: a) net result of the period; b) other comprehensive income (OCI), and c) participation in OCI of other entities. 14 Likewise, the net movement of the period of the components of comprehensive income must be presented; as net movement, it should be understood as net OCI net of income taxes, profit-sharing (PTU) and recycling of OCI. Final balances of equity 15 The final balances of equity are determined by the algebraic sum of the adjusted initial balances of each of the equity items plus owner movements, reserve movements and comprehensive income. Presentation of the statement of changes in equity 16 The concepts described above correspond to the minimum requirements for the presentation of the statement of changes in equity, however, entities must break down, either in the cited statement of changes in equity or through notes to the financial statements, the content of the concepts they consider necessary so that users of financial information understand the movements that affected the equity of the entities in the period. At the end of this criterion, a statement of changes in equity prepared with the minimum requirements referred to in this criterion is shown. General considerations 17 In case there is an inflationary environment, all balances and movements incorporated in the statement of changes in equity must be expressed in monetary units of purchasing power relative to the date of presentation of the financial statements. Disclosure standards 18 The following must be disclosed in notes to the financial statements: a) the amount of dividends distributed in the period, the manner in which they were paid, as well as the dividend per share data; b) the reason for the capital refunds made in the period, and c) a description of how the capital contributions of the period were made. 19

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 135 NAME OF THE CREDIT UNION ADDRESS STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY OF ___ FROM _____________ TO __ OF ____________ OF ___ EXPRESSED IN CURRENCY OF PURCHASING POWER OF _________ OF ____ (1) (Numbers in thousands of pesos)

136 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 D-4 STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS Background Financial information must fulfill, among other things, the purpose of showing the manner in which entities generate and use cash and cash equivalents, which are essential to maintain their operation, cover their obligations, as well as distribute dividends. Objective and scope 1 This criterion aims to establish the general characteristics for the presentation, structure and preparation of the statement of cash flows of entities, as well as the disclosures that complement said financial statement. Likewise, minimum guidelines are established, with the purpose of homogenizing the presentation of this financial statement among entities and, in this way, facilitate its comparability. 2 The statement of cash flows has as its main objective to provide users of basic financial statements with information about cash inflows and outflows during an accounting period. 3 When the statement of cash flows is used together with the rest of the financial statements, it provides information that allows users to: a) evaluate changes in the assets and liabilities of the entity and in its financial structure (including its liquidity and solvency), and b) evaluate both the amounts and dates of collections and payments, in order to adapt to circumstances and opportunities for generation and application of cash and cash equivalents. 4 Likewise, the statement of cash flows presents the operations that were carried out in the period, i.e., those that materialized with the collection or payment of the item in question; while the comprehensive income statement shows the operations accrued in the same period, i.e., when they are recognized accountingly at the moment they economically affect the entity, regardless of the date when they are considered carried out for accounting purposes. 5 The statement of cash flows allows entities to improve the comparability of information on operational performance with different entities, because it eliminates the effects generated by the use of different accounting treatments for the same transactions and economic events. 6 Historical information on cash flows is used as an indicator of the amount, timing of generation and probability of future cash flows. Likewise, such information is useful to verify the accuracy of forecasts made in the past of future cash flows, to analyze the relationship between profitability and net cash flows, as well as, if applicable, the effects of inflation when there is an inflationary environment. Definitions 7 Financing activities.- Those related to obtaining, as well as rewarding and compensating funds coming from: i) the owners of the entity; ii) creditors granting financing unrelated to usual operating activities, and iii) the issuance by the entity of financial instruments that qualify as liability or well, financial instruments that qualify as equity. 8 Investment activities.- Those related to the acquisition and disposal of: i) properties, furniture and equipment, intangible assets and other assets intended for use or for the provision of services; ii) long-term financial instruments, iii) permanent investments in financial instruments that qualify as equity; and iv) activities related to granting and recovering loans unrelated to operating activities. 9 Operating activities.- Those that constitute the main source of income for the entity, include other activities that cannot be classified as investment or financing. 10

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 137 Cash and cash equivalents.- This concept shall be understood as what Criterion B-1 establishes to that effect. 11 Cash inflows.- Increases in cash during an accounting period, generated by the decrease of any other asset other than cash, the increase in liabilities, or by increases in capital by the shareholders of the entity. 12 Cash flows.- Cash and cash equivalents inflows and outflows. Movements between the items that constitute cash and cash equivalents will not be considered cash flows, since these components are part of the management of cash and cash equivalents of the entity, rather than their operating, investment or financing activities. 13 Cash outflows.- Decreases in cash during an accounting period, generated by the increase of any other asset other than cash, the decrease in liabilities, or by the disposal of capital by shareholders. 14 Nominal value.- The amount in monetary units expressed in banknotes, coins, securities and instruments. Presentation standards General considerations 15 Entities must exclude from the statement of cash flows all operations that did not affect cash flows. For example: a) conversion of debt to equity and distribution of dividends in shares; b) acquisition of an entity with share payment; c) share payments to employees; d) operations negotiated with asset exchange; e) creation of reserves and any other transfer between equity accounts, and f) effects from recognition of fair value. Structure of the statement of cash flows 16 Entities must classify and present cash flows, according to their nature, in operating, investment and financing activities, attending to their economic substance and not to the form used to carry them out. 17 The structure of the statement of cash flows must include, at minimum, the following items: operating activities; investment activities; financing activities; net increase or decrease in cash and cash equivalents; effects from changes in the value of cash and cash equivalents; cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period, and cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period. Operating activities 18 Cash flows from operating activities are an indicator of the extent to which activities have generated sufficient liquid funds to maintain the entity's capacity to operate, to make new investments without resorting to external sources of financing and, if applicable, to pay financing and dividends. 19 Because the cash flows related to these activities are those that derive from operations that constitute the main source of income of the entity, in this section activities that intervene in determining its net result are included, except those associated either with investment or financing activities. Some examples of cash flows by operating activities are: 20

138 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 a) payments for the acquisition of investments in financial instruments (securities); b) collections and payments of premiums for the sale and purchase of options; c) inflows and outflows of cash and cash equivalents by repo operations; d) cash and cash equivalents outflows by granting credits; e) cash and cash equivalents outflows from other receivables; f) cash and cash equivalents inflows from securitized liabilities; g) cash and cash equivalents inflows from the receipt of bank loans, from partners and from other bodies; h) cash and cash equivalents inflows from sold collateral; i) collections of income from interest referred to in Criterion D-2, as well as its main associate, coming from, among others, the following concepts: cash and cash equivalents (with the exception of gains or losses from changes arising from this concept); margin accounts (financial derivative instruments); credit portfolio; investments in financial instruments, and receivables from repo. j) payments of expenses from interest referred to in Criterion D-2, as well as its main associate, coming from securitized liabilities, among others; k) collections and payments, as appropriate, of commissions and expenses associated with the granting of credit; l) collections and payments, as appropriate, of commissions and fees generated by: credit operations other than those indicated in the previous clause; loans received; debt placement, and provision of services (management of resources and granting of guarantees, among others). m) collections and payments from the sale and purchase of currencies linked to their corporate object, investments in financial instruments, financial derivative instruments and credit portfolio; n) payments for the acquisition of collection rights; o) collections and payments by securitization operations; p) collections from the sale of adjudicated goods; q) collections and payments related to financial derivative instruments for trading purposes; r) collections and payments associated with hedging financial derivative instruments of covered items that are classified as operating activities; s) cash payments for the supply of goods, merchandise and various articles; t) cash collections from the sale of goods, merchandise and various articles; u) payments for direct benefits to employees, fees, rents, promotion and advertising expenses, among other administrative expenses; v) payments of income taxes; w) refunds of income taxes, and x) collections from recoveries of collection rights and credit portfolio.

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 139 Income taxes Cash flows related to income taxes must be presented in a separate line item within the classification of operating activities, unless it is practical to relate them to investment or financing activities, as is the case of the tax derived from discontinued operations, which is related to investment activities. Investment activities 21 Cash flows related to investment activities represent the extent to which entities have allocated resources to items that will generate income and cash flows in the medium and long term. 22 Cash flows by investment activities are, for example, the following: a) collections and payments from sale and purchase or yield of long-term financial instruments; b) collections and payments from sale and purchase of properties, furniture and equipment; c) collections and payments from discontinued operations; d) collections and payments from sale and purchase of subsidiaries; e) collections and payments from sale and purchase of associates and joint ventures and other permanent investments; f) collections of dividends from permanent investments; g) collections and payments from sale and purchase of intangible assets, and h) collections and payments associated with hedging financial derivative instruments of covered items that are classified as investment activities. Acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries and other businesses 23 Cash flows derived from acquisitions or disposals of subsidiaries and other businesses must be classified in investment activities; likewise, they must be presented in a single separate line item involving the entire acquisition operation or, as appropriate, disposal, instead of presenting the individual acquisition or disposal of the assets and liabilities of said businesses at the date of acquisition or disposal. Cash flows derived from acquisitions must not be offset with those from disposals. 24 Cash flows paid for the acquisition of subsidiaries and other businesses must be presented net of the balance of cash and cash equivalents acquired in said operation. 25 Cash flows collected from the disposal of subsidiaries and other businesses (discontinued operations) must be presented net of the balance of cash and cash equivalents disposed in said operation. Likewise, this amount must be net of the income tax attributable to such disposal. In the case of foreign operations, this amount must be shown net of the accumulated adjustment for attribution attributable to said operations. Financing activities 26 Cash flows generated by financing activities show the entity's capacity to restore to its owners and creditors, the resources they allocated at some point to the entity and, if applicable, to pay them returns. 27 Cash flows by financing activities are, for example, the following: a) collections and payments from bank loans, from partners and from other bodies; b) proceeds from the issuance of shares of the entity itself, net of the related issuance expenses; c) payments to owners for capital social refunds, dividends or associated with the repurchase of own shares; d) lease liability payments; e) interest payments on lease liability, and f) collections and payments associated with hedging financial derivative instruments of covered items that are classified as financing activities. 28

140 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Net increase or decrease in cash and cash equivalents After classifying cash flows in operating activities, investment activities and financing activities, the net cash flows of these three sections must be presented. Effects from changes in the value of cash and cash equivalents 29 Entities must present in a separate line item, as appropriate, the following: a) the conversion effects referred to in paragraph 43, which arise from having used different exchange rates for the conversion of the initial balance, the final balance and the cash and cash equivalents flows, of a foreign operation; b) the effects from gains or losses from changes in cash and cash equivalents referred to in paragraph 46, which includes the difference generated by the conversion of the initial balance of cash and cash equivalents at the closing day exchange rate to the closing date of the previous period, published by the Bank of Mexico on its Internet page www.banxico.org.mx or the one that replaces it, and of the final balance of cash and cash equivalents at the closing day exchange rate of the current period published by the Bank of Mexico on the aforementioned Internet page; c) the effects on cash and cash equivalents balances from changes in their value resulting from fluctuations in the exchange rate and in their fair value, and d) the effects from inflation associated with the balances and the cash and cash equivalents flows of any of the entities that make up the consolidated economic entity and that are in an inflationary economic environment. 30 The effects referred to in the preceding paragraph must be presented in the statement of cash flows in a segregated manner to allow adequate reconciliation between the cash balance at the beginning and at the end of the period. Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period 31 Entities must present a separate line item named Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period, which corresponds to the balance of cash and cash equivalents presented in the statement of financial position at the end of the previous period (including restricted cash and cash equivalents), in order to reconcile it with the balance of cash and cash equivalents at the end of the current period. Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 32 Entities must present a separate line item named Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period, which must be determined by the algebraic sum of the items: Net increase in cash and cash equivalents or Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents, Effects from changes in the value of cash and cash equivalents, and Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period. Such sum must correspond to the balance of cash and cash equivalents presented in the statement of financial position at the end of the period. Additional considerations Financial derivative instruments for hedging purposes 33 When a financial derivative instrument is held for hedging purposes, the cash flows of said instrument must be classified in the same way as the cash flows associated with the covered item. Dividends 34 Cash flows derived from dividends collected must be presented in a specific line item within the same group of activities in which the cash flows of the item with which they are associated are presented. For example: inflows of cash flows from dividends collected from investments in financial instruments must be presented, just like said instruments, in operating activities; if the dividends collected derive from a permanent investment in an associated entity, said cash flows must be presented in investment activities. 35 Cash outflows for paid dividends must be presented in financing activities because they represent the reward to the owners of an entity for the resources obtained from their part. 36

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 141

Procedure for preparing the statement of cash flows

To determine and present the cash flows from operating activities, the entity must apply the indirect method, through which the income before income tax is increased or decreased; this amount is adjusted for the effects of prior period operations collected or paid in the current period and; for current period operations of deferred collection or payment to the future; likewise, it is adjusted for operations that are associated with investing or financing activities.

37 Cash flows related to operating activities must be determined by increasing or decreasing the income before income tax by the effects of: a) items that are considered associated with: i. investing activities, for example, depreciation and gain or loss on the sale of property, plant and equipment; amortization of intangible assets; impairment loss on long-term assets, as well as participation in the net income of other entities; ii. financing activities, for example, interest associated with bank loans, partner loans, and other entities. b) changes that occur during the period in the items that form part of the entity's working capital, that is, that occur in the balances of the operating items of the statement of financial position of the entities during the period, such as those indicated in paragraph 20.

Investing and financing activities

38 Entities must determine and present separately, after the operating activities item, the cash flows derived from the main concepts of gross receipts and payments related to investing and financing activities, that is, receipts and payments must not be offset against each other.

Conversion of the statement of cash flows of a foreign operation to the reporting currency

39 In the conversion of the statement of cash flows from the functional currency to the reporting currency, of a foreign operation that is in a non-inflationary economic environment, entities must comply with the following: a) the cash flows of the period must be converted at the closing exchange rate of the historical day on the date each cash flow in question was generated, which will be the one published by the Bank of Mexico on its Internet page www.banxico.org.mx or the one that replaces it; b) the initial balance of cash and cash equivalents must be converted at the closing exchange rate of the day on the closing date of the previous period published by the Bank of Mexico on the aforementioned Internet page, and c) the final balance of cash and cash equivalents must be converted at the closing exchange rate of the day on the closing date of the current period published by the Bank of Mexico on the aforementioned Internet page.

40 In the conversion of the statement of cash flows from the functional currency to the reporting currency of a foreign operation that is in an inflationary economic environment, entities must comply with the following: a) the cash flows of the period must be converted at the closing exchange rate of the day on the closing date of the current period published by the Bank of Mexico on its Internet page www.banxico.org.mx or the one that replaces it; b) the initial balance of cash and cash equivalents must be converted at the closing exchange rate of the day on the closing date of the current period published by the Bank of Mexico on the aforementioned Internet page, and c) the final balance of cash and cash equivalents must be converted at the closing exchange rate of the day on the closing date of the current period published by the Bank of Mexico on the aforementioned Internet page.

41

142 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

For the conversion of the cash flows of the period, for practical reasons, a representative exchange rate of the conditions existing on the dates on which the cash flows were generated may be used, such as the weighted average exchange rate of the period; notwithstanding the foregoing, when exchange rates have varied significantly during the period, such exchange rate must not be used.

42 The effect arising from conversion due to having used different exchange rates for the conversion of the initial balance, the final balance, and the cash flows must be presented in the item called Effects from changes in the value of cash and cash equivalents, as referred to in paragraph 30. This effect must correspond to what would have been obtained if both the initial balance of cash and the cash flows of the period had been converted at the closing exchange rate with which the final balance of cash and cash equivalents was converted.

Conversion of balances or cash flows in foreign currency

43 In order to determine the changes in the balances of operating items in foreign currency of operating activities, these must be converted at the closing exchange rate of the day published by the Bank of Mexico on its Internet page www.banxico.org.mx or the one that replaces it on the closing date.

44 Cash flows arising from transactions in foreign currency related to investing and financing activities will be converted to the entity's reporting currency by applying to the amount in foreign currency the closing exchange rate of the day on the date each flow occurred, which will be the one published by the Bank of Mexico on the aforementioned Internet page.

45 The gain or loss on changes arising from variations in the exchange rate are not cash flows. However, the effect of variations in the exchange rate of cash and cash equivalents held or payable in foreign currency is presented in the statement of cash flows in order to reconcile cash and cash equivalents at the beginning and end of the period. This effect must be presented separately from the operating, investing, and financing activity items, within the item called Effects from changes in the value of cash and cash equivalents, as referred to in paragraph 30, which includes the differences, if any, of having presented the cash flows at the closing exchange rate of the current period.

Effects of inflation

46 When, in terms of what is established in NIF B-10, the economic environment corresponds to a non-inflationary environment, entities must present their statement of cash flows expressed in nominal values, while, if said economic environment is inflationary, entities must present their statement of cash flows expressed in monetary units of purchasing power at the closing date of the current period.

47 In cases where the entity's economic environment is inflationary, as part of the operations that did not affect cash flows, the effects of inflation recognized in the period within the financial statements must be excluded, in order to determine a statement of cash flows at nominal values. Such cash flows must be presented expressed in monetary units of purchasing power at the closing date of the current period.

48 When the entity's environment has changed from non-inflationary to inflationary, the statements of cash flows of previous periods must be presented expressed in monetary units of purchasing power of the closing date of the current period.

49 In cases where the entity's economic environment has changed from inflationary to non-inflationary, the statements of cash flows of previous periods must be presented expressed in the monetary units of purchasing power of the last statement of cash flows presented within an inflationary environment and included in said comparative presentation.

Investments in other entities

50 Cash flows between the holding entity and its unconsolidated subsidiaries, associates, and joint ventures must be presented in the statement of cash flows, that is, they must not be eliminated; for example, cash flows related to intercompany operations or to the collection and payment of dividends.

51

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 143

In the preparation of the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash flows that occurred during the period between the entities that form part of the consolidating economic entity must be eliminated. For example, cash flows derived from intercompany operations, capital contributions, and dividends paid.

52 In cases where a controlling entity purchases or sells shares of a subsidiary to the non-controlling interest, the cash flows associated with said operation must be presented as financing activities, within the consolidated statement of cash flows. The foregoing, because this operation is considered a transaction between owners.

Disclosure standards

53 The following must be disclosed in notes to the financial statements: a) when cash flows related to income tax have been segregated into the different groups of activities within the statement of cash flows, the total flows for said taxes must be disclosed; b) the amount of unused loans that may be available for operating activities or for the payment of investing or financing operations, indicating the restrictions on the use of funds from said loans; c) relevant investing and financing operations that have not required the use of cash or cash equivalents. For example, the acquisition of property, plant and equipment through financing; d) the total amount of cash flows that represent surpluses for future investments or for payments of financing or returns to owners, as well as those increases in operating capacity, separated from the cash flows that are essentially required to maintain the entity's operating capacity, and e) relevant changes, whether or not they required the use of cash or cash equivalents, in liabilities considered as part of financing activities; preferably, a reconciliation of the initial and final balances of said items must be made. An entity must disclose regarding liabilities for financing activities, the following: i. changes in cash flows; ii. changes derived from obtaining or losing control of subsidiaries and other businesses; iii. the effect of changes due to exchange rate fluctuations; iv. changes in associated financial assets, whose cash flows must be presented as part of financing activities; such as, changes in financial assets used as hedges of financial liabilities, and v. other relevant changes.

54 Likewise, the following must be disclosed with respect to the acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries and other entities: a) the total consideration derived from said acquisitions or disposals breaking down: i. the portion of the consideration paid or received in cash and cash equivalents, and ii. the amount of cash and cash equivalents received that the acquired or disposed subsidiary or entity had on the date of acquisition or disposal; b) the amount of assets and liabilities other than cash and cash equivalents of the acquired or disposed subsidiary or entity on the date of acquisition or disposal. These amounts must be grouped by important items, and c) the amount of income tax payment attributable to the disposals of subsidiaries, and other entities.

55

144 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

NAME OF THE CREDIT UNION ADDRESS STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FROM __ OF __________ TO __ OF __________ OF ____ EXPRESSED IN MONETARY UNITS OF PURCHASING POWER OF ________ OF _______ (1) (Amounts in thousands of pesos)

Operating Activities $ Income before income tax Adjustments for items associated with investing activities: $ Depreciation of property, plant and equipment " Amortization of intangible assets Losses or reversal of losses on impairment of long-term assets " Participation in the net income of other entities " Other adjustments for items associated with investing activities " Discontinued operations " Long-term assets held for sale or for distribution to owners " Adjustments for items associated with financing activities " Interest associated with bank loans, partner loans, and other entities " Interest on lease liabilities " Other interest " Sum " Changes in operating items Change in margin accounts (derivative financial instruments) " Change in investments in financial instruments (securities) (net) Change in repo operations (net) " Change in derivative financial instruments (asset) Change in credit portfolio (net) " Change in acquired receivables (net) " Collection in benefits to receive in securitization operations " Change in other accounts receivable (net) " Change in adjudicated goods (net) " Change in inventory Change in other operating assets (net) " Change in bond liabilities " Change in bank loans, partner loans, and other entities " Change in sold collateral " Change in derivative financial instruments (liability) Change in obligations in securitization operations " Change in other operating liabilities " Change in hedging derivative financial instruments (of covered items related to operating activities) Change in employee benefit assets/liabilities " Change in other accounts payable " Change in other provisions " Refunds of income tax " Payments of income tax " Net cash flows from operating activities "

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 145

Investing Activities Receipts from long-term financial instruments " Payments for long-term financial instruments " Receipts from disposal of property, plant and equipment " Payments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment " Receipts from discontinued operations " Payments for discontinued operations " Receipts from disposal of subsidiaries " Payments for acquisition of subsidiaries " Receipts from disposal of associates, joint ventures, and other permanent investments " Payments for acquisition of associates, joint ventures, and other permanent investments " Receipts of dividends from permanent investments " Receipts from disposal of intangible assets " Payments for acquisition of intangible assets " Receipts associated with hedging derivative financial instruments (of covered items related to investing activities) " Payments associated with hedging derivative financial instruments (of covered items related to investing activities) " Other receipts from investing activities " Other payments from investing activities " Net cash flows from investing activities " Financing Activities Receipts from obtaining bank loans, partner loans, and other entities " Payments of bank loans, partner loans, and other entities " Payments on lease liabilities " Receipts from issuance of shares " Payments for capital repayments " Dividend payments " Payments associated with the repurchase of own shares " Payments for interest on lease liabilities " Receipts associated with hedging derivative financial instruments (of covered items related to financing activities) " Payments associated with hedging derivative financial instruments (of covered items related to financing activities) " Other receipts from financing activities " Other payments from financing activities " Net cash flows from financing activities " Net increase or decrease in cash and cash equivalents " Effects from changes in the value of cash and cash equivalents " Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period " Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period $ The concepts appearing in this statement are shown in an illustrative but not exhaustive manner. (1) This line will be omitted if the economic environment is "non-inflationary".

146 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

Annex 10 Regulatory reports of credit unions Index Series R01 Minimum Catalog Frequency A-0111 Minimum Catalog Monthly Series R03 Investments in financial instruments Frequency I-0391 Disaggregated investments in financial instruments and reports Monthly Series R04 Credit Portfolio Frequency Commercial Portfolio C-0440 Guarantees of commercial credits Monthly C-0451 New commercial credits Monthly C-0452 Follow-up of commercial credits Monthly C-0453 Discharge of commercial credits Monthly C-0454 Reserves of commercial credits Monthly C-0455 Severity of Loss of commercial credits Monthly C-0456 Probability of Default of commercial credits Monthly Series R06 Adjudicated Goods Frequency A-0611 Disaggregated adjudicated goods Monthly Series R08 Deposits Frequency D-0811 Disaggregated partner loans Monthly D-0812 Disaggregated bank loans and other entities loans Monthly Series R10 Reclassifications Frequency A-1011 Reclassifications in the statement of financial position Monthly A-1012 Reclassifications in the statement of comprehensive income Monthly Series R12 Consolidation Frequency A-1219 Consolidation of the statement of financial position of the credit union with its subsidiaries Monthly A-1220 Consolidation of the statement of comprehensive income of the credit union with its subsidiaries Monthly Series R13 Financial Statements Frequency A-1311 Statement of changes in equity Quarterly A-1316 Statement of cash flows Quarterly B-1321 Statement of financial position Monthly B-1322 Statement of comprehensive income Monthly Series R14 Qualitative Information Frequency A-1411 Disaggregated shareholder integration Quarterly B-1413 Number of partners, employees, and branches Monthly Series R21 Capital Requirements Frequency A-2111 Capital requirements by risks Monthly

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 147

SERIES R01 MINIMUM CATALOG This series is integrated by one (1) report, whose frequency of preparation and presentation must be monthly. REPORT A-0111 Minimum Catalog In this report, the balances at the end of the period of all concepts that form part of the statement of financial position (including off-balance sheet accounts) and the statement of comprehensive income of the entity are requested. The report is requested in two subtotals: National currency and UDIS valued in pesos. Foreign currency valued in pesos. For the completion of report A-0111 Minimum Catalog, the following aspects must be taken into consideration: a) In the report, the balances of the entity in question must be presented without consolidation. The balances of all concepts presented in Series R01 Minimum Catalog must be consistent with the data reported in the regulatory reports that are applicable. b) Data referring to balances must be presented in national currency, foreign currency and UDIS valued in pesos, with two decimal places and without commas. For example: $20,585.70 would be 20585.70. CAPTURE FORMAT Entities will carry out the submission of the information related to report A-0111 Minimum Catalog, described above, by using the following capture format: REQUESTED INFORMATION SECTION REPORT IDENTIFIER PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT SECTION FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONCEPT CURRENCY DATA Entities will report the information indicated in this series, which must comply with the validations and quality standards indicated by the National Banking and Securities Commission (Commission), adapting to the characteristics and specifications for filling and sending information presented in the support guides, which are published and updated in the Interinstitutional Information Transfer System (SITI) or in the one that, in its case, is made known by the Commission. Once the validations and quality standards are met, the SITI will generate an electronic receipt. The information must be sent only once and will be received assuming it meets all characteristics and specifications, in virtue of which it cannot be modified and must present consistency with the different reports in which the same information is included at a different level of integration, therefore, if it does not meet the required quality and characteristics or has been presented incompletely, it will be considered as not fulfilling the obligation of its presentation and, consequently, the corresponding sanctions will be imposed in accordance with the legal provisions that are applicable.

148 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued ASSET Cash and cash equivalents Cash Banks Deposits in financial entities Currencies to deliver Documents for immediate collection High liquidity financial instruments Restricted or pledged cash and cash equivalents Currencies to receive Cash managed in trust Others Others Margin accounts (derivative financial instruments) Cash Investments in financial instruments Other assets Investments in financial instruments Negotiable financial instruments Negotiable financial instruments without restriction Government debt In position To deliver Bank debt In position To deliver Other debt securities In position To deliver Capital financial instruments In position To deliver Restricted or pledged negotiable financial instruments Government debt In position To receive Bank debt In position To receive Other debt securities In position To receive

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 149 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Capital financial instruments In position To receive Financial instruments to collect and sell Financial instruments to collect and sell without restriction Government debt In position To deliver Bank debt In position To deliver Other debt securities In position To deliver Financial instruments to collect and sell restricted or pledged Government debt In position To receive Bank debt In position To receive Other debt securities In position To receive Financial instruments to collect principal and interest (securities) Financial instruments to collect principal and interest without restriction Government debt In position To deliver Bank debt In position To deliver Other debt securities In position To deliver Financial instruments to collect principal and interest restricted or pledged Government debt In position To receive Bank debt In position To receive

150 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Other debt securities In position To receive Expected credit loss estimation for investments in financial instruments to collect principal and interest (securities) Financial instruments to collect principal and interest without restriction Government debt In position To deliver Bank debt In position To deliver Other debt securities In position To deliver Financial instruments to collect principal and interest restricted or pledged Government debt In position To receive Bank debt In position To receive Other debt securities In position To receive Repo debtors Financial derivatives For trading purposes Futures to receive Forward contracts to receive Valuation Credit risk adjustment Options Valuation Credit risk adjustment Swaps Valuation Credit risk adjustment Credit financial derivatives Valuation Credit risk adjustment

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 151 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Structured operations Valuation Credit risk adjustment Packages of financial derivatives Valuation Credit risk adjustment Counterparty credit risk adjustment For hedging purposes Futures to receive Valuation Valuation of the hedged item Forward contracts to receive Valuation Valuation of the hedged item Credit risk adjustment Options Valuation Valuation of the hedged item Credit risk adjustment Swaps Valuation Valuation of the hedged item Credit risk adjustment Credit financial derivatives Valuation Valuation of the hedged item Credit risk adjustment Structured operations Valuation Valuation of the hedged item Credit risk adjustment Packages of financial derivatives Valuation Valuation of the hedged item Credit risk adjustment Counterparty credit risk adjustment Asset hedging valuation adjustments Credit portfolio with stage 1 credit risk Commercial credits Unrestricted commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee

152 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Without guarantee Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discount or assignment of credit rights Financial leasing operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Restricted commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Without guarantee Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discount or assignment of credit rights Financial leasing operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Credit portfolio with stage 2 credit risk Commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Without guarantee Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discount or assignment of credit rights Financial leasing operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 153 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Credit portfolio with stage 3 credit risk Commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Without guarantee Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discount or assignment of credit rights Financial leasing operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Credit portfolio valued at fair value Commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Without guarantee Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discount or assignment of credit rights Financial leasing operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Preventive estimation for credit risks Preventive estimation for credit risks derived from the rating Credit portfolio with stage 1 credit risk Commercial credits Unrestricted commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee

154 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Without guarantee Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discount or assignment of credit rights Financial leasing operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Restricted commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Without guarantee Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discount or assignment of credit rights Financial leasing operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Credit portfolio with stage 2 credit risk Commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Without guarantee Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discount or assignment of credit rights Financial leasing operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 155 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Credit portfolio with stage 3 credit risk Commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Without guarantee Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discount or assignment of credit rights Financial leasing operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Contingent operations and guarantees Additional preventive estimation for credit risks For accrued interest on credits with stage 3 credit risk Ordered by the National Banking and Securities Commission Recognized by the National Banking and Securities Commission Acquired collection rights (impaired credits) Preventive estimation for credit risks derived from acquired collection rights (impaired credits) Benefits to receive in securitization operations Asset from administration of transferred financial assets Other accounts receivable Debtors from settlement of operations Foreign exchange sales Investments in financial instruments Repos Financial derivatives By issuance of securities Debtors from margin accounts Debtors from cash collateral provided Operations with financial instruments Credit operations Operations not carried out in recognized markets (OTC) Others Collection rights Fiduciary rights Other collection rights

156 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Various debtors Commissions and rights to collect on current non-credit operations Items associated with credit operations Loans and other debts of personnel Debtors in process of regularization or liquidation Rights on partnership contracts Payments on behalf of partners Rents to collect Overdue debts Other debtors Taxes to recover Dividends to collect from capital financial instruments Conditional accounts receivable Other accounts receivable Expected credit loss estimation Collection rights Various debtors Conditional accounts receivable Other accounts receivable Merchandise inventory Merchandise Increase by updating merchandise inventory (1) Estimation for merchandise inventory obsolescence Estimation for merchandise inventory obsolescence Increase by updating the estimation for merchandise inventory obsolescence (1) Adjudicated assets Adjudicated movable assets, financial instruments and rights Restricted adjudicated furniture Adjudicated real estate Restricted adjudicated real estate Increase by updating adjudicated assets (1) Estimation of adjudicated assets Estimation for loss of value of adjudicated assets Increase by updating the estimation for loss of value of adjudicated assets (1) Long-term assets held for sale or for distribution to owners Subsidiaries Belonging to the financial sector Not belonging to the financial sector

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 157 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Associates Belonging to the financial sector Not belonging to the financial sector Joint ventures Belonging to the financial sector Not belonging to the financial sector Other permanent investments Belonging to the financial sector Not belonging to the financial sector Others Belonging to the financial sector Not belonging to the financial sector Assets related to discontinued operations Prepayments and other assets Deferred charges Differential to amortize in credit portfolio acquisitions Transaction costs associated with granting credit Effect from renegotiation of credit portfolio Insurance to amortize Other deferred charges Prepayments Interest paid in advance Commissions paid in advance Advances or provisional payments of taxes Rents paid in advance Other prepayments Security deposits Employee benefits assets Plan assets to cover employee benefits Long-term direct benefits Post-employment benefits Pensions Seniority premium Other post-employment benefits Deferred employee profit sharing (in favor) Estimation for non-recoverable deferred PTU Other short and long-term assets Properties, furniture and equipment Properties, furniture and equipment Land Buildings Buildings under construction

158 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Transport equipment Computer equipment Furniture Machinery and equipment Tools and accessories Adaptations and improvements Other properties, furniture and equipment Revaluation of properties, furniture and equipment (1) Land Buildings Buildings under construction Transport equipment Computer equipment Furniture Machinery and equipment Tools and accessories Adaptations and improvements Other revaluations of properties, furniture and equipment Accumulated depreciation of properties, furniture and equipment Accumulated depreciation of properties, furniture and equipment Buildings Transport equipment Computer equipment Furniture Machinery and equipment Tools and accessories Adaptations and improvements Other accumulated depreciations of properties, furniture and equipment Revaluation of accumulated depreciation of properties, furniture and equipment (1) Buildings Transport equipment Computer equipment Furniture Machinery and equipment Tools and accessories Adaptations and improvements Other revaluations of accumulated depreciation of properties, furniture and equipment Right-of-use assets for properties, furniture and equipment Land Buildings Transport equipment

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 159 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Computer equipment Furniture Machinery and equipment Tools and accessories Other properties, furniture and equipment Depreciation of right-of-use assets for properties, furniture and equipment Land Buildings Transport equipment Computer equipment Furniture Machinery and equipment Tools and accessories Other properties, furniture and equipment Permanent investments Subsidiaries Belonging to the financial sector Not belonging to the financial sector Associates Belonging to the financial sector Not belonging to the financial sector Joint ventures Belonging to the financial sector Not belonging to the financial sector Other permanent investments Belonging to the financial sector Not belonging to the financial sector Deferred income tax asset Deferred income taxes (in favor) Temporary differences Tax losses Tax credits Estimation for non-recoverable deferred income taxes Temporary differences Tax losses Tax credits Intangible assets Intangible assets Revaluation of intangible assets (1) Accumulated amortization of intangible assets Accumulated amortization of intangible assets Revaluation of accumulated amortization of intangible assets (1)

160 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Right-of-use assets for intangible assets Amortization of right-of-use assets for intangible assets Goodwill Goodwill From subsidiaries From associates From joint ventures Revaluation of goodwill (1) From subsidiaries From associates From joint ventures LIABILITY Stock exchange liabilities Bank loans, partner loans and loans from other bodies Short-term Loans from multiple banking institutions Loans from development banking institutions Loans from federal, state, or municipal government Loans from other financial entities Partner loans Loans from private financing and investment funds Loans from other credit unions Loans from other bodies Long-term Loans from multiple banking institutions Loans from development banking institutions Loans from federal, state, or municipal government Loans from other financial entities Partner loans Loans from private financing and investment funds Loans from other credit unions Loans from other bodies Sold collateral Repos Obligation of the repo provider to return collateral to the repo taker Government debt Bank debt Other debt securities Financial derivatives Sold collateral Government debt Bank debt

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 161 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Other debt securities Capital financial instruments Others Other sold collateral Financial derivatives For trading purposes Futures to deliver Forward contracts to deliver Valuation Credit risk adjustment Options Valuation Credit risk adjustment Swaps Valuation Credit risk adjustment Credit financial derivatives Valuation Credit risk adjustment Structured operations Valuation Credit risk adjustment Packages of financial derivatives Valuation Credit risk adjustment Counterparty credit risk adjustment For hedging purposes Futures to deliver Valuation Valuation of the hedged item Forward contracts to deliver Valuation Valuation of the hedged item Credit risk adjustment Options Valuation Valuation of the hedged item Credit risk adjustment Swaps Valuation Valuation of the hedged item Credit risk adjustment

162 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Credit financial derivative instruments Valuation Valuation of the covered item Credit risk adjustment Structured operations Valuation Valuation of the covered item Credit risk adjustment Packages of credit financial derivative instruments Valuation Valuation of the covered item Credit risk adjustment Credit risk adjustment by counterparty Valuation adjustments for financial liability hedging Obligations in securitization operations Liabilities for administration of transferred financial assets Lease liability Other accounts payable Suppliers Creditors for settlement of operations Foreign exchange sales Investments in financial instruments Repurchase agreements Financial derivative instruments Creditors for margin accounts Creditors for cash collateral received Operations with financial instruments Credit operations Operations not carried out in recognized markets (OTC) Guarantee deposits for financial lease operations Others Contributions payable Value added tax Other taxes and duties payable Withheld taxes and social security contributions to be remitted Various creditors and other accounts payable Liabilities arising from the provision of services Letters of credit Guarantees Administration and collection Other liabilities arising from the provision of services

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 163 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Commissions payable on outstanding operations Exposure derived from factoring operations, discounting or assignment of credit rights Creditors for acquisition of assets Merchandise to be sold to members Dividends payable Creditors for maintenance services Provisions for various obligations Fees and rents Promotion and advertising expenses Technology expenses Ordered by CONDUSEF Other provisions Other various creditors Liabilities related to groups of assets held for sale Liabilities related to discontinued operations Contributions for future capital increases pending formalization in shareholders' meeting Obligations associated with the removal of components of property, furniture and equipment Liability for income tax Taxes accrued Income taxes (provision) Income taxes (adjustment for definitive tax) Deferred taxes Temporary differences Liability for employee benefits Short-term direct benefits Long-term direct benefits Post-employment benefits Pensions Seniority premium Other post-employment benefits Termination benefits Termination benefits for reasons other than restructuring Termination benefits due to restructuring Workers' participation in profits accrued Deferred workers' participation in profits Deferred credits and advance collections Deferred credits Commissions for granting credit Effect from renegotiation of credit portfolio

164 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Financial income from accrual in financial lease operations Financial income from accrual in factoring operations, discounting or assignment of credit rights Income from purchase option at reduced price in financial lease operations Other income from application Excess to amortize in credit portfolio acquisitions Other deferred credits Advance collections Interest collected in advance Commissions collected in advance Rents collected in advance Advance collections of goods promised for sale or with reservation of ownership Other advance collections EQUITY CAPITAL Contributed capital Social capital Fixed Variable Unpaid social capital Fixed Variable Increase from updating paid social capital (1) Fixed Variable Contributions for future capital increases formalized in shareholders' meeting Increase from updating contributions for future capital increases formalized in shareholders' meeting (1) Share premium Increase from updating share premium (1) Earned capital Capital reserves Capital reserve Other reserves Increase from updating capital reserves (1) Accumulated results Result from previous periods Result to be applied Result from accounting changes and error corrections Increase from updating result from previous periods (1) Other comprehensive income Valuation of negotiable financial instruments Valuation

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 165 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Effect of deferred income tax and PTU Estimation for non-recoverable deferred income tax and PTU Increase from updating valuation of negotiable financial instruments (1) Valuation of financial instruments to collect and sell Financial instruments (securities) Valuation Effect of deferred income tax and PTU Estimation for non-recoverable deferred income tax and PTU Credit portfolio valued at fair value Valuation Effect of deferred income tax and PTU Estimation for non-recoverable deferred income tax and PTU Increase from updating valuation of financial instruments to collect and sell (1) Valuation of financial derivative instruments for hedging Valuation Effect of deferred income tax and PTU Estimation for non-recoverable deferred income tax and PTU Increase from updating valuation of financial derivative instruments for hedging (1) Income and expenses related to assets held for disposal Result Effect of deferred income tax and PTU Estimation for non-recoverable deferred income tax and PTU Increase from updating income and expenses related to assets held for disposal (1) Remediation of defined employee benefits Actuarial results in obligations Valuation Effect of deferred income tax and PTU Estimation for non-recoverable deferred income tax and PTU Result in the return of plan assets Valuation Effect of deferred income tax and PTU Estimation for non-recoverable deferred income tax and PTU Increase from updating remediation of defined employee benefits (1) Accumulated effect from conversion Valuation Effect of deferred income tax and PTU Estimation for non-recoverable deferred income tax and PTU

166 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Increase from updating accumulated effect from conversion (1) Result from holding non-monetary assets By fixed asset valuation By other non-monetary assets Increase from updating result from holding non-monetary assets (1) Participation in OCI of other entities Valuation Effect of deferred income tax and PTU Estimation for non-recoverable deferred income tax and PTU Increase from updating participation in OCI of other entities (1) OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS Guarantees granted Contingent assets and liabilities Unused irrevocable credit lines Contingent credit lines Guarantees Credit commitments Unused credit lines for letters of credit Unused revocable credit lines Other credit commitments Assets in trust or mandate Guarantee trusts Mandates Cash services Compliance with commissions and mandates Assets in administration Assets in administration Guarantees received by the union Merchandise on consignment Temporary possession of goods Collateral received by the entity Cash administered in trust Government debt Bank debt Other debt securities Equity financial instruments Others Collateral received and sold by the entity Government debt Bank debt Other debt securities Equity financial instruments Others

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 167 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Unearned interest derived from credit portfolio with stage 1 credit risk Other registration accounts Interest income Interest on cash and cash equivalents Banks High liquidity financial instruments Restricted or pledged cash and cash equivalents Interest and yields in favor from margin accounts Cash Financial instruments Other assets Interest and yields in favor from collateral in OTC operations Cash Financial instruments Other assets Interest and yields in favor from investments in financial instruments By negotiable financial instruments By financial instruments to collect and sell By financial instruments to collect principal and interest (securities) Interest and yields in favor from repurchase operations Income from hedging operations Income from trading financial derivative instruments Interest on credit portfolio with stage 1 credit risk Commercial credits Unrestricted commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Unsecured Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discounting or assignment of credit rights Financial lease operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions

168 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Restricted commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Unsecured Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discounting or assignment of credit rights Financial lease operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Interest on credit portfolio with stage 2 credit risk Commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Unsecured Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discounting or assignment of credit rights Financial lease operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Interest on credit portfolio with stage 3 credit risk Commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 169 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Unsecured Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discounting or assignment of credit rights Financial lease operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Income from credit portfolio valued at fair value Commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Unsecured Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discounting or assignment of credit rights Financial lease operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Interest on acquired receivables (impaired credits) Commissions for granting credit Commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Unsecured Factoring operations, discounting or assignment of credit rights Financial lease operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Effect from renegotiation of credit portfolio Premiums for debt placement Dividends from financial instruments qualifying as equity financial instruments Gain from revaluation Gain from revaluation changes Revaluation of indexed instruments Revaluation of UDIS items Increase from updating interest income (1)

170 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Interest expenses Interest on bond liabilities Interest on bank loans, member loans and other organizations Interest and yields in charge from collateral in OTC operations Interest and yields in charge from repurchase operations Expenses from hedging operations Expenses from trading financial derivative instruments Effect from renegotiation of credit portfolio Costs and expenses associated with granting credit Loss from revaluation Loss from revaluation changes Revaluation of indexed instruments Revaluation of UDIS items Interest on lease liabilities Financial effect of provisions Increase from updating interest expenses (1) Result from net monetary position (financial margin) Result from net monetary position from positions generating financial margin (debit balance) Result from net monetary position from positions generating financial margin (credit balance) Increase from updating result from net monetary position (financial margin) (1) Preventive estimation for credit risks Preventive estimation for credit risks derived from rating Credit portfolio with stage 1 credit risk Commercial credits Unrestricted commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Unsecured Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discounting or assignment of credit rights Financial lease operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 171 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Restricted commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Unsecured Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discounting or assignment of credit rights Financial lease operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Credit portfolio with stage 2 credit risk Commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Unsecured Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discounting or assignment of credit rights Financial lease operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Credit portfolio with stage 3 credit risk Commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit

172 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Foreign currency valued Unsecured Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discounting or assignment of credit rights Financial lease operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Contingent operations and guarantees Credit portfolio recovery Commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Unsecured Unsecured Simple credits and current account credits Factoring operations, discounting or assignment of credit rights Financial lease operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Additional preventive estimation for credit risks For interest accrued on credits with stage 3 credit risk Ordered by the National Banking and Securities Commission Recognized by the National Banking and Securities Commission Preventive estimation for credit risks derived from acquired receivables (impaired credits) Increase from updating preventive estimation for credit risks (1) Commissions and fees charged Credit operations Commercial credits Unrestricted commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 173 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Valued foreign currency Without guarantee Unsecured Simple credits and line of credit loans Financial factoring operations, discounting or assignment of credit rights Financial leasing operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Restricted commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Guaranteed with urban real estate Guaranteed with industrial units Other documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Guaranteed with assets other than those giving rise to the credit Guaranteed with the assets giving rise to the credit Without guarantee Unsecured Simple credits and line of credit loans Financial factoring operations, discounting or assignment of credit rights Financial leasing operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Guarantees Letters of credit without refinancing Fiduciary activities Asset management Other commissions and fees charged Increase due to updating of commissions and fees charged (1) Commissions and fees paid For services Purchase and sale of financial instruments Loans received Debt placement Other commissions and fees paid Increase due to updating of commissions and fees paid (1) Result from intermediation Result from valuation of financial instruments at fair value Negotiable financial instruments Financial derivative instruments for trading purposes Valuation Credit risk adjustment

174 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Valued foreign currency Financial derivative instruments for hedging purposes Valuation Credit risk adjustment Valuation of the hedged item Collaterals sold Estimation of expected credit losses for investments in financial instruments Financial instruments to collect and sell Financial instruments to collect principal and interest (hold-to-collect) Result from valuation of foreign exchange Result from purchase and sale of financial instruments and financial derivative instruments Negotiable financial instruments Financial instruments to collect and sell Financial instruments to collect principal and interest (hold-to-collect) Financial derivative instruments for trading purposes Financial derivative instruments for hedging purposes Result from foreign exchange sales Result from sale of received collaterals Transaction costs For purchase and sale of negotiable financial instruments For purchase and sale of financial derivative instruments Other financial results Increase due to updating of the result from intermediation (1) Other operating income (expenses) Costs and expenses incurred in the recovery of credit portfolio Recoveries Taxes Receivables rights Excess in benefits to receive in securitization operations Other recoveries Income from credit portfolio acquisition Expenses from credit portfolio acquisition Profit from sale of credit portfolio Loss from sale of credit portfolio Income from purchase option in financial leasing operations Income from participation in the sale price of goods in financial leasing operations Impairments to the estimation of expected credit losses Losses Labor relations and job security Frauds Internal External

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 175 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Valued foreign currency Natural disasters and other events Customers, products and business practices Business incidents and system failures Execution, delivery and process management Other losses Donations Result from asset adjudication Result in sale of adjudicated assets Result from valuation of adjudicated assets Estimation for loss of value of adjudicated assets Loss in asset management Loss in trust operations Loss due to impairment or effect of reversal of impairment of other long-term assets held for sale Interest payable in financing for asset acquisition Result in sale of properties, furniture and equipment Cancellation of other liability accounts Result from participation association contracts Interest in favor arising from loans to officials and employees Rental income Result from valuation of benefits to receive in securitization operations Result from valuation of the asset for administration of transferred financial assets Result from valuation of the liability for administration of transferred financial assets Result in benefits to receive in securitization operations Income From commercialization of goods, merchandise and various articles From transformation of goods, merchandise and various articles Other Cost of sales From commercialization of goods, merchandise and various articles From transformation of goods, merchandise and various articles Other special department product lines Estimation for inventory obsolescence Other items of operating income (expenses) Result from monetary position originated by items not related to the financial margin (1) Result from revaluation of items not related to the financial margin (1) Increase due to updating of other operating income (expenses) (1)

176 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Valued foreign currency Administration and promotion expenses Short-term direct benefits Workers' participation in profits Workers' participation in profits accrued Other short-term direct benefits Net cost of the period derived from long-term employee benefits Long-term direct benefits Deferred workers' participation in profits Estimation for non-recoverable deferred PTU Post-employment benefits Pensions Seniority premium Other post-employment benefits Termination benefits Termination benefits for reasons other than restructuring Termination benefits due to restructuring Fees Rents Insurance and bonds Promotion and advertising expenses Taxes and various duties Non-deductible expenses Technology expenses Depreciations Of the period For assets by right of use of properties, furniture and equipment Amortizations Of the period For assets by right of use of intangible assets Loss due to impairment or effect of reversal of impairment of real estate and other assets in use Technical assistance expenses Maintenance expenses Consumables and minor supplies Other administration and promotion expenses Increase due to updating of administration and promotion expenses (1) Participation in the net result of other entities Result of the exercise of non-consolidated subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures In non-consolidated subsidiaries Belonging to the financial sector Not belonging to the financial sector

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 177 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Valued foreign currency In associates Belonging to the financial sector Not belonging to the financial sector In joint ventures Belonging to the financial sector Not belonging to the financial sector Dividends from permanent investments Valuation of available-for-sale permanent investments Adjustments associated with other permanent investments Impairment or effect of reversal of impairment of permanent investments Increase due to updating of participation in the net result of other entities (1) Taxes on profit Taxes on profit accrued Deferred taxes on profit Temporary differences Tax losses Tax credits Estimation for non-recoverable taxes on profit Temporary differences Tax losses Tax credits Increase due to updating of taxes on profit (1) Discontinued operations Discontinued operations Increase due to updating of discontinued operations (1) Other comprehensive income Valuation of negotiable financial instruments Period effect Valuation Effect of taxes on profit and deferred PTU Estimation for non-recoverable taxes on profit and deferred PTU Increase due to updating of the valuation of negotiable financial instruments (1) Valuation of financial instruments to collect and sell Period effect Valuation Effect of taxes on profit and deferred PTU Estimation for non-recoverable taxes on profit and deferred PTU Increase due to updating of the valuation of financial instruments to collect and sell (1)

178 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R01 Minimum Catalog Report A-0111 Minimum Catalog Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept National currency and UDIS valued Valued foreign currency Valuation of hedging financial derivative instruments Period effect Valuation Effect of taxes on profit and deferred PTU Estimation for non-recoverable taxes on profit and deferred PTU Increase due to updating of the valuation of hedging financial derivative instruments (1) Income and expenses related to assets held for disposal Period effect Result Effect of taxes on profit and deferred PTU Estimation for non-recoverable taxes on profit and deferred PTU Increase due to updating of income and expenses related to assets held for disposal (1) Remeasurement of defined employee benefits Period effect Valuation Effect of taxes on profit and deferred PTU Estimation for non-recoverable taxes on profit and deferred PTU Increase due to updating of the remeasurement of defined employee benefits (1) Accumulated effect from conversion Period effect Valuation Effect of taxes on profit and deferred PTU Estimation for non-recoverable taxes on profit and deferred PTU Increase due to updating of the accumulated effect from conversion (1) Result from holding of non-monetary assets Period effect Valuation Effect of taxes on profit and deferred PTU Estimation for non-recoverable taxes on profit and deferred PTU Increase due to updating of the result from holding of non-monetary assets (1) Participation in OCI of other entities Period effect Valuation Effect of taxes on profit and deferred PTU Estimation for non-recoverable taxes on profit and deferred PTU Increase due to updating of the participation in OCI of other entities (1) Credit Unions (1) These concepts will be applicable under an inflationary economic environment based on what is established in the Financial Reporting Standard B-10 Effects of Inflation, issued by the Mexican Council of Financial Reporting Standards, A.C. (CINIF).

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 179 SERIES R03 INVESTMENTS IN FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS This series is integrated by one (1) report, whose frequency of preparation and presentation must be monthly. REPORT I-0391 Disaggregated investments in financial instruments and reports This report aims to collect disaggregated information regarding the titles and securities held by the Credit Union, considering the issuer, series, security type and specific characteristics of the instruments. For the completion of report I-0391 Disaggregated investments in financial instruments and reports, it is necessary to take into consideration that the data provided here must match those registered in the concepts of report A-0111 Minimum Catalog. CAPTURE FORMAT Entities will carry out the sending of information related to this report by using the following capture format: REQUESTED INFORMATION SECTION REPORT IDENTIFIER PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT SECTION INVESTMENT IDENTIFIER ENTITY KEY WITH WHICH THE INVESTMENT IS MADE ISSUER SERIES SECURITY TYPE ACQUISITION FORM INSTRUMENT TYPE ACCOUNTING CLASSIFICATION PROSPECTUS QUALIFICATION QUALIFIER CONTRACTING DATE MATURITY DATE SECTION FINANCIAL VARIABLES OF THE TITLES NUMBER OF TITLES ACQUISITION COST RATE TYPE REFERENCE INTEREST RATE DIFFERENTIAL OVER REFERENCE RATE DIFFERENTIAL OVER REFERENCE RATE OPERATION (ADDITIVE OR FACTOR) INTEREST RATE, COUPON OR PREMIUM VALUATION MODEL USED VALUATION RESULT FROM VALUATION Entities will report the information indicated in this series, which must comply with the validations and quality standards indicated by the National Banking and Securities Commission (Commission), adhering to the characteristics and specifications for filling and sending information presented in the filling instructions, which are published and updated in the Interinstitutional Information Transfer System (SITI) or in that which, in its case, the Commission makes known. Once the validations and quality standards are surpassed, the SITI will generate an electronic receipt. The information must be sent only once and will be received assuming it meets all characteristics and specifications, for which it cannot be modified and must present consistency with the various reports in which the same information is included with a different level of integration, therefore, if it does not meet the required quality and characteristics or has been presented incompletely, the obligation of its presentation will be considered unfulfilled and, consequently, the corresponding sanctions will be imposed in accordance with the applicable legal provisions.

180 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 SERIES R04 CREDIT PORTFOLIO Commercial portfolio This series is integrated by seven (7) reports, whose frequency of preparation and presentation must be monthly. REPORTS C-0440 Guarantees of commercial credits This report requests the detail of the guarantees backing the commercial credits that meet the characteristics of Annex 21 as well as the personal guarantees described in the methodology of the General Provisions applicable to general warehouse deposits, exchange houses, credit unions and multiple-object financial societies regulated. C-0451 Origination of commercial credits This report collects the necessary information to know the general conditions of each of the credits granted, whether or not disbursed, and is characterized by reflecting the financial parameters of the credit that remain the same during its life. Likewise, it reflects the changes made to the credits granted, whether or not disbursed, which are permitted according to what is established in Criterion B-5 Credit Portfolio of Annex 4 of the General Provisions applicable to general warehouse deposits, exchange houses, credit unions and multiple-object financial societies regulated. C-0452 Monitoring of commercial credits This report collects information on the payment behavior of the disbursed credits, registered in report C-0451, as well as the compliance with the obligations assumed by the borrower with the entity. C-0453 Derecognition of commercial credits This report collects information corresponding to the credits settled, as well as those that have undergone modifications to their original conditions, according to what is established in criterion B-5 Credit Portfolio of Annex 4 of the General Provisions applicable to general warehouse deposits, exchange houses, credit unions and multiple-object financial societies regulated, which were registered in report C-0451. C-0454 Reserves of commercial credits This report collects information on the calculation of the reserves to be constituted in the reported period, according to the general standard methodology of each of the credits disbursed by financial entities and commercial credits qualified with Annex 19 and Annex 19 Bis of the General Provisions applicable to general warehouse deposits, exchange houses, credit unions and multiple-object financial societies regulated, which were registered in report C-0451. C-0455 Loss Severity of commercial credits This report collects information regarding the Loss Severity of each of the credits granted to financial entities and commercial credits of the General Provisions applicable to general warehouse deposits, exchange houses, credit unions and multiple-object financial societies regulated, which were registered in report C-0451. When reporting this information, the entity must disaggregate the calculation of the Loss Severity adjusted by the guarantees recognized for the calculation of the reserves that must be constituted in the reported period. C-0456 Probability of Default of commercial credits This report collects information on the Probability of Default of each of the credits granted to financial entities and commercial credits that were registered in report C-0451. Likewise, quantitative and qualitative information of the credit scores indicated in Annex 19 and Annex 19 Bis of the General Provisions applicable to general warehouse deposits, exchange houses, credit unions and multiple-object financial societies regulated is requested.

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 181 CAPTURE FORMAT Entities will carry out the sending of information related to report C-0440 Guarantees of commercial credits, described above, by using the following capture format: REQUESTED INFORMATION SECTION REPORT IDENTIFIER PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT SECTION BORROWER IDENTIFIER BORROWER IDENTIFIER ASSIGNED BY THE ENTITY FULL NAME OR BUSINESS NAME OF THE BORROWER RFC OF THE BORROWER SECTION CREDIT IDENTIFIER CONTRACT NUMBER CREDIT IDENTIFIER ASSIGNED CNBV METHODOLOGY SECTION GUARANTEE IDENTIFIER GUARANTEE IDENTIFIER TYPE OF GUARANTEE CREDIT PROGRAM OR FEDERAL GOVERNMENT COVERAGE GUARANTEE APPRAISAL PERCENTAGE PROPORTION OF GUARANTEE VS CREDIT ENDORSEMENT IN FAVOR OF THE UNION DATE OF LAST UPDATE OF THE GUARANTEE PRELATION DEGREE OF THE GUARANTEE SECTION MORTGAGE GUARANTEE NUMBER OF MORTGAGE GUARANTEE APPRAISAL DATE OF LAST MORTGAGE GUARANTEE APPRAISAL AMOUNT OF MORTGAGE GUARANTEE APPRAISAL NAME OF MORTGAGE GUARANTOR SECTION PLEDGE GUARANTEE DATE OF REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE DEPOSIT PLEDGE BOND MATURITY DATE CERTIFICATE DEPOSIT PLEDGE BOND AMOUNT CERTIFICATE DEPOSIT PLEDGE BOND NUMBER OF PLEDGE GUARANTEE INVOICE DATE OF PLEDGE GUARANTEE INVOICE AMOUNT OF THE INVOICE DATE OF REGISTRATION IN THE RUG SECTION CREDIT INSURANCE GUARANTEE TYPE OF INSURANCE DATE OF INSURANCE REGISTRATION DATE OF INSURANCE MATURITY AMOUNT OF INSURANCE

182 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 REQUESTED INFORMATION SECTION GUARANTEE SECTION IMMEDIATE LIQUIDITY PAYMENT MEANS NAME OF THE GUARANTOR WHO GRANTS THE GUARANTEE WITH IMMEDIATE LIQUIDITY PAYMENT MEANS RFC OF THE GUARANTOR WHO GRANTS THE GUARANTEE WITH IMMEDIATE LIQUIDITY PAYMENT MEANS CONTRACT NUMBER GUARANTEE WITH IMMEDIATE LIQUIDITY PAYMENT MEANS AMOUNT OF THE GUARANTEE WITH IMMEDIATE LIQUIDITY PAYMENT MEANS MANDATE LETTER GUARANTEE WITH IMMEDIATE LIQUIDITY PAYMENT MEANS SECTION GUARANTEES BY SOLIDARY OBLIGOR OR GUARANTOR NAME OF THE SOLIDARY OBLIGOR RFC OF THE SOLIDARY OBLIGOR AMOUNT VALUE SOLIDARY OBLIGOR NAME OF THE GUARANTOR RFC OF THE GUARANTOR AMOUNT VALUE GUARANTOR SECTION GUARANTEE SECTION RECEIVABLE RIGHTS AND FIDUCIARY NUMBER OF THE INSTRUMENT THROUGH WHICH THE GUARANTEE WAS FORMALIZED DATE OF THE INSTRUMENT THROUGH WHICH THE GUARANTEE WAS FORMALIZED AMOUNT OF THE GUARANTEE NAME OF THE GRANTOR OF THE GUARANTEE RFC OF THE GRANTOR OF THE GUARANTEE SECTION GUARANTEE SECTION BY PARTICIPATIONS OR CONTRIBUTIONS IN FEDERAL OR MUNICIPAL INCOMES MEANS THROUGH WHICH THE GUARANTEE WAS INSTRUMENTED AMOUNT OF THE GUARANTEE NUMBER OF REGISTRATION OF OBLIGATIONS AND BONDS OF FEDERAL ENTITIES AND MUNICIPALITIES OF THE SHCP OF THE GUARANTEE DATE OF REGISTRATION IN THE UNIQUE REGISTRY OF OBLIGATIONS AND BONDS OF FEDERAL ENTITIES AND MUNICIPALITIES OF THE SHCP OF THE GUARANTEE NUMBER OF UNIQUE REGISTRY OF OBLIGATIONS AND BONDS LOCAL OF THE GUARANTEE DATE OF REGISTRATION IN THE UNIQUE REGISTRY OF OBLIGATIONS AND BONDS LOCAL OF THE GUARANTEE SECTION SCHEMES OF FIRST LOSS COVERAGE AND STEP AND MEASURE TYPE OF COVERAGE PROVIDER OF PROTECTION CLASSIFICATION CONTRACTUAL SCHEME COVERAGE PERCENTAGE COVERED AMOUNT CONTRACTING DATE SECTION EXECUTION OF GUARANTEES CREDIT RISK STAGE DATE ON WHICH IT WAS TRANSFERRED TO CREDIT PORTFOLIO WITH RISK STAGE 3 DATE ON WHICH THE GUARANTEE EXECUTION PROCESS BEGAN

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 183 Entities shall carry out the sending of information related to the C-0451 Commercial Credits Registration report, described above, by using the following capture format:

REQUESTED INFORMATION REPORT IDENTIFIER SECTION PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT

ACQUIRER IDENTIFIER SECTION IDENTIFIER OF THE ACQUIRER ASSIGNED BY THE ENTITY TYPE OF PARTNER FULL NAME OR BUSINESS NAME OF THE ACQUIRER RFC OF THE ACQUIRER UNIQUE POPULATION REGISTRY KEY (CURP) OF THE ACQUIRER GENDER OF THE ACQUIRER LEGAL PERSONALITY OF THE ACQUIRER LOCALITY OF THE ACQUIRER'S ADDRESS MUNICIPALITY OF THE ACQUIRER'S ADDRESS STATE OF THE ACQUIRER'S ADDRESS ECONOMIC ACTIVITY OF THE ACQUIRER GROUP OF PEOPLE TYPE OF RELATED ACQUIRER NUMBER OF INQUIRIES MADE TO THE CREDIT INFORMATION SOCIETY

CREDIT IDENTIFIER SECTION CREDIT CONTRACT NUMBER IDENTIFIER OF THE CREDIT ASSIGNED BY THE ENTITY IDENTIFIER OF THE CREDIT ASSIGNED CNBV METHODOLOGY TYPE OF ANNEX FOR PORTFOLIO RATING DESTINATION OF THE CREDIT TYPE OF PRODUCT KEY OF THE BRANCH OPERATING THE CREDIT AMOUNT OF THE AUTHORIZED CREDIT LINE VALUED IN PESOS DATE OF GRANTING THE CREDIT LINE DATE OF MATURITY OF THE CREDIT LINE MAXIMUM DATE TO DISBURSE RESOURCES FORM OF DISBURSEMENT REVOCABLE OR IRREVOCABLE CREDIT LINE TYPE OF CREDIT REGISTRATION

FINANCIAL CONDITIONS SECTION CURRENCY OF THE CREDIT LINE TYPE OF REFERENCE INTEREST RATE OF THE CREDIT LINE DIFFERENTIAL ON REFERENCE RATE OF THE CREDIT LINE OPERATION OF DIFFERENTIAL ON REFERENCE RATE (ADDITIVE OR FACTOR) OF THE CREDIT LINE FREQUENCY OF REVIEW OF THE CREDIT LINE RATE PERIODICITY OF CAPITAL PAYMENTS PERIODICITY OF INTEREST PAYMENTS CREDIT OPENING COMMISSION (RATE) CREDIT OPENING COMMISSION (AMOUNT) CREDIT DISBURSEMENT COMMISSION (RATE) CREDIT DISBURSEMENT COMMISSION (AMOUNT)

GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION AND ECONOMIC ACTIVITY TO WHICH THE CREDIT WILL BE DESTINED SECTION LOCALITY WHERE THE CREDIT WILL BE DESTINED MUNICIPALITY WHERE THE CREDIT WILL BE DESTINED STATE WHERE THE CREDIT WILL BE DESTINED ECONOMIC ACTIVITY TO WHICH THE CREDIT WILL BE DESTINED

184 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Entities shall carry out the sending of information related to the C-0452 Commercial Credits Follow-up report, described above, by using the following capture format:

REQUESTED INFORMATION REPORT IDENTIFIER SECTION PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT

CREDIT IDENTIFIER SECTION IDENTIFIER OF THE CREDIT ASSIGNED CNBV METHODOLOGY ACCOUNTING CLASSIFICATION (R01 A-0111)

DISBURSEMENT DATA SECTION NUMBER OF THE DISBURSEMENT DATE OF THE CREDIT DISBURSEMENT DATE OF MATURITY OF THE CREDIT DISBURSEMENT CURRENCY OF THE DISBURSEMENT TYPE OF REFERENCE INTEREST RATE OF THE DISBURSEMENT DIFFERENTIAL ON REFERENCE RATE OF THE DISBURSEMENT OPERATION OF DIFFERENTIAL ON REFERENCE RATE (ADDITIVE OR FACTOR) OF THE DISBURSEMENT FREQUENCY OF REVIEW OF THE DISBURSEMENT RATE

CREDIT FOLLOW-UP SECTION NAME OF THE FACTORING COMPANY RFC OF THE FACTORING COMPANY CREDIT RISK STAGE NUMBER OF DAYS DELINQUENT PRINCIPAL BALANCE AT THE START OF THE PERIOD ORDINARY ANNUAL INTEREST RATE IN THE PERIOD MORATORY ANNUAL INTEREST RATE IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT DISBURSED OF THE CREDIT LINE IN THE PERIOD AVAILABLE CREDIT OF THE CREDIT LINE AMOUNT OF THE PAYMENT DUE TO THE ACQUIRER FOR ORDINARY INTERESTS IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT OF THE PAYMENT DUE TO THE ACQUIRER FOR MORATORY INTERESTS IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT OF THE PAYMENT DUE TO THE ACQUIRER FOR CAPITAL IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT OF THE TOTAL PAYMENT DUE TO THE ACQUIRER IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT OF CAPITAL PAID EFFECTIVELY BY THE ACQUIRER IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT OF ORDINARY INTERESTS PAID EFFECTIVELY BY THE ACQUIRER IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT OF MORATORY INTERESTS PAID EFFECTIVELY BY THE ACQUIRER IN THE PERIOD

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 185 REQUESTED INFORMATION AMOUNT OF COMMISSIONS PAID EFFECTIVELY BY THE ACQUIRER IN THE PERIOD OTHER AMOUNTS PAID EFFECTIVELY BY THE ACQUIRER IN THE PERIOD TOTAL AMOUNT PAID EFFECTIVELY BY THE ACQUIRER IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT RECOGNIZED FOR WRITE-OFFS IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT RECOGNIZED FOR ELIMINATIONS IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT RECOGNIZED FOR SETTLEMENTS, FORGIVENESS, BONUSES AND DISCOUNTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE INCREASE IN CREDIT RISK IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT RECOGNIZED FOR BONUSES AND DISCOUNTS THAT ARE NOT ASSOCIATED WITH THE INCREASE IN CREDIT RISK IN THE PERIOD REASON FOR THE FORGIVEN AMOUNT OF THE CREDIT PAYMENT AMOUNT OF ACCRUED INTERESTS NOT COLLECTED AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER TO STAGE 3 RISK PORTFOLIO AMOUNT OF INTERESTS REFINANCED OR CAPITALIZED IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT OF INTERESTS FROM REVERSALS OF COLLECTIONS IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT OF OTHER INCREASES OR DECREASES OF THE PRINCIPAL IN THE PERIOD PRINCIPAL BALANCE AT THE END OF THE PERIOD BASE BALANCE FOR THE CALCULATION OF INTERESTS IN THE PERIOD NUMBER OF DAYS USED FOR THE CALCULATION OF INTERESTS IN THE PERIOD INTERESTS RESULTING FROM APPLYING THE RATE TO THE BASE BALANCE OUTSTANDING BALANCE AT THE END OF THE PERIOD TYPE OF CREDIT RECOVERY DATE OF THE LAST FULL PAYMENT DUE MADE BY THE ACQUIRER AMOUNT OF THE LAST FULL PAYMENT DUE MADE BY THE ACQUIRER DATE OF FIRST UNCOVERED AMORTIZATION AMOUNT OF ACCRUED INTERESTS NOT COLLECTED ACCUMULATED IN OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS

ACQUIRER SIZE SECTION SIZE OF THE ACQUIRER NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES NET SALES OR ANNUAL NET INCOME

186 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Entities shall carry out the sending of information related to the C-0453 Commercial Credits De-registration report, described above, by using the following capture format:

REQUESTED INFORMATION REPORT IDENTIFIER SECTION PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT

CREDIT IDENTIFIER SECTION IDENTIFIER OF THE CREDIT ASSIGNED CNBV METHODOLOGY

CREDIT DE-REGISTRATION SECTION TYPE OF CREDIT DE-REGISTRATION OTHER TYPE OF CREDIT DE-REGISTRATION OUTSTANDING BALANCE OF THE CREDIT AT THE TIME OF DE-REGISTRATION TOTAL AMOUNT PAID EFFECTIVELY BY THE ACQUIRER AT THE TIME OF DE-REGISTRATION AMOUNT RECOGNIZED FOR WRITE-OFFS IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT RECOGNIZED FOR ELIMINATIONS IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT RECOGNIZED FOR SETTLEMENTS, FORGIVENESS, BONUSES AND DISCOUNTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE INCREASE IN CREDIT RISK IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT RECOGNIZED FOR BONUSES AND DISCOUNTS THAT ARE NOT ASSOCIATED WITH THE INCREASE IN CREDIT RISK IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT OF THE VALUE OF THE ASSET RECEIVED AS PAYMENT IN KIND AMOUNT CANCELLED IN OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS PREVENTIVE ESTIMATES DERIVED FROM THE RATING CANCELLED IN THE PERIOD ADDITIONAL PREVENTIVE ESTIMATES CANCELLED IN THE PERIOD TYPE OF COLLECTION

Entities shall carry out the sending of information related to the C-0454 Commercial Credits Reserves report, described above, by using the following capture format:

REQUESTED INFORMATION REPORT IDENTIFIER SECTION PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT

CREDIT IDENTIFIER SECTION IDENTIFIER OF THE CREDIT ASSIGNED CNBV METHODOLOGY NUMBER OF THE DISBURSEMENT ACCOUNTING CLASSIFICATION (R01 A-0111)

RESERVES SECTION CREDIT RISK STAGE RESERVES COVERED PART RESERVES EXPOSED PART TOTAL RESERVES TOTAL PROBABILITY OF DEFAULT TOTAL LOSS SEVERITY COVERED PART LOSS SEVERITY

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 187 REQUESTED INFORMATION EXPOSED PART LOSS SEVERITY TOTAL EXPOSURE TO DEFAULT COVERED PART EXPOSURE TO DEFAULT EXPOSED PART EXPOSURE TO DEFAULT CREDIT THAT APPLIED THE SUBSTITUTION OF PROBABILITY OF DEFAULT FOR THE CALCULATION OF RESERVES

ADDITIONAL RESERVES SECTION AMOUNT OF ADDITIONAL PREVENTIVE ESTIMATES FOR ACCRUED INTERESTS ON CREDITS WITH STAGE 3 CREDIT RISK AMOUNT OF ADDITIONAL PREVENTIVE ESTIMATES FOR OPERATIONAL RISKS (SIC) AMOUNT OF ADDITIONAL PREVENTIVE ESTIMATES ORDERED BY THE CNBV AMOUNT OF ADDITIONAL PREVENTIVE ESTIMATES RECOGNIZED BY THE CNBV TOTAL AMOUNT OF ADDITIONAL PREVENTIVE ESTIMATES ADDITIONAL RESERVES CONSTITUTED IN THE PERIOD ADDITIONAL RESERVES DISCONTINUED IN THE PERIOD

Entities shall carry out the sending of information related to the C-0455 Loss Severity of Commercial Credits report, described above, by using the following capture format:

REQUESTED INFORMATION REPORT IDENTIFIER SECTION PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT

CREDIT IDENTIFIER SECTION IDENTIFIER OF THE CREDIT ASSIGNED CNBV METHODOLOGY NUMBER OF THE DISBURSEMENT TOTAL LOSS SEVERITY

LOSS SEVERITY AND EXPOSURE TO DEFAULT BY THE PART LACKING COVERAGE OF FINANCIAL GUARANTEES, NON-FINANCIAL, PROVIDED BY JOINT OBLIGOR, GUARANTOR, GUARANTEE, STEP AND MEASURE COVERAGE SCHEMES, FIRST LOSS COVERAGE SCHEMES OR CREDIT DERIVATIVES SECTION PERCENTAGE OF UNCOVERED PART OF THE CREDIT LOSS SEVERITY FOR EXPOSED SEGMENT NUMBER OF MONTHS ELAPSED SINCE PI=100 WAS ASSIGNED AMOUNT OF EXPOSURE TO DEFAULT UNCOVERED PART

188 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 REQUESTED INFORMATION ADJUSTMENTS IN LOSS SEVERITY FOR GUARANTEES CONSTITUTED WITH IMMEDIATE LIQUIDITY PAYMENT MEANS SECTION PERCENTAGE OF COVERAGE OF THE GUARANTEE CONSTITUTED WITH IMMEDIATE LIQUIDITY PAYMENT MEANS ADJUSTMENT FACTOR (Hfx) ADJUSTMENT FACTOR (HC) BOOK VALUE OF THE GUARANTEE CONSTITUTED WITH IMMEDIATE LIQUIDITY PAYMENT MEANS LOSS SEVERITY ADJUSTED FOR GUARANTEES CONSTITUTED WITH IMMEDIATE LIQUIDITY PAYMENT MEANS EXPOSURE TO DEFAULT ADJUSTED FOR GUARANTEES CONSTITUTED WITH IMMEDIATE LIQUIDITY PAYMENT MEANS

ADJUSTMENTS IN LOSS SEVERITY FOR NON-FINANCIAL GUARANTEES THAT MEET THE REQUIREMENTS ESTABLISHED IN ANNEX 21 SECTION NUMBER OF NON-FINANCIAL GUARANTEES PERCENTAGE OF COVERAGE OF THE NON-FINANCIAL GUARANTEE VALUE OF GUARANTEE WITH COLLECTION RIGHTS VALUE OF GUARANTEE WITH REAL ESTATE VALUE OF GUARANTEE WITH MOVABLE ASSETS VALUE OF GUARANTEE WITH GUARANTEE TRUSTS AND ADMINISTRATION TRUSTS WITH OWN INCOME AS PAYMENT SOURCE VALUE OF GUARANTEE WITH OTHER NON-FINANCIAL GUARANTEES ESTIMATED EXPOSURE TO DEFAULT CiGR COEFFICIENT LOSS SEVERITY ADJUSTED FOR NON-FINANCIAL GUARANTEES

ADJUSTMENTS IN LOSS SEVERITY FOR GUARANTEES PROVIDED BY JOINT OBLIGOR, GUARANTOR, GUARANTEE, CREDIT INSURANCE AND CREDIT DERIVATIVES SECTION PERCENTAGE COVERED BY CREDIT INSURANCE AND CREDIT DERIVATIVES PERCENTAGE COVERED BY JOINT OBLIGOR, GUARANTOR OR GUARANTEE NAME OF JOINT OBLIGOR, GUARANTOR OR GUARANTEE RFC OF JOINT OBLIGOR, GUARANTOR OR GUARANTEE TYPE OF JOINT OBLIGOR, GUARANTOR OR GUARANTEE AMOUNT COVERED BY GUARANTEES PROVIDED BY JOINT OBLIGOR, GUARANTOR, GUARANTEE, CREDIT INSURANCE AND CREDIT DERIVATIVES

ADJUSTMENTS IN LOSS SEVERITY FOR STEP AND MEASURE COVERAGE SCHEMES OR FIRST LOSS SCHEMES SECTION NAME OF STEP AND MEASURE COVERAGE SCHEME GUARANTOR NAME OF FIRST LOSS GUARANTOR RFC OF STEP AND MEASURE COVERAGE SCHEME GUARANTOR RFC OF FIRST LOSS GUARANTOR PERCENTAGE COVERED BY STEP AND MEASURE SCHEMES PERCENTAGE COVERED BY FIRST LOSS SCHEMES AMOUNT COVERED BY STEP AND MEASURE SCHEMES AMOUNT COVERED BY FIRST LOSS SCHEMES STEP AND MEASURE PORTFOLIO IDENTIFIER FIRST LOSS PORTFOLIO IDENTIFIER

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 189 Entities shall carry out the sending of information related to the C-0456 Probability of Default of Commercial Credits report, described above, by using the following capture format:

REQUESTED INFORMATION REPORT IDENTIFIER SECTION PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT

ACQUIRER IDENTIFIER SECTION IDENTIFIER OF THE ACQUIRER ASSIGNED BY THE ENTITY

AGGREGATE CALCULATION OF PROBABILITY OF DEFAULT SECTION PROBABILITY OF DEFAULT TOTAL CREDIT SCORE

DATA OF THE TOTAL CREDIT SCORE APPLICABLE TO REGULATED FINANCIAL ENTITIES SECTION FINANCIAL ENTITY SUBJECT TO PRUDENTIAL REGULATION FINANCIAL ENTITY GRANTING CREDIT IN TURN AVERAGE NUMBER OF DAYS DELINQUENT WITH BANKING FINANCIAL ENTITIES IN THE LAST 12 MONTHS PERCENTAGE OF ON-TIME PAYMENTS WITH NON-BANKING FINANCIAL ENTITIES IN THE LAST 12 MONTHS INTEREST EXPENSES TO INTEREST INCOMES ANNUAL INTEREST EXPENSES ANNUAL INTEREST INCOMES RETURN ON EQUITY (ROE) ANNUAL NET INCOME BOOK CAPITAL DELINQUENCY INDEX (IMOR) TOTAL CREDIT PORTFOLIO CREDIT PORTFOLIO WITH STAGE 3 CREDIT RISK INTEREST INCOMES TO TOTAL ASSETS TOTAL ASSETS CAPITALIZATION INDEX NET CAPITAL RISK-SUBJECTED ASSETS LONG-TERM LIABILITIES IMMEDIATE PAYABILITY LIABILITIES PROPORTION OF LONG-TERM LIABILITIES PLUS IMMEDIATE PAYABILITY LIABILITIES REGARDING THE CREDIT PORTFOLIO MAXIMUM NUMBER OF MONTHLY DELINQUENCIES PRESENTED IN THE LAST 7 MONTHS

DATA OF THE TOTAL CREDIT SCORE APPLICABLE TO REGISTERED COMPANIES SECTION SCIAN ECONOMIC SECTOR MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DELINQUENCIES PRESENTED IN THE LAST 4 MONTHS AVERAGE NUMBER OF DELINQUENCY DAYS

Entities shall report the information indicated in this series, which must comply with the validations and quality standards indicated by the National Banking and Securities Commission (Commission), adhering to the characteristics and specifications for filling out and sending information presented in the filling instructions, which are published and updated in the Interinstitutional Information Transfer System (SITI) or in that which the Commission makes known, as applicable. Once the validations and quality standards are met, the SITI will generate an electronic receipt. The information must be sent only once and will be received assuming it meets all characteristics and specifications, whereby it cannot be modified and must present consistency with the various reports that include the same information at a different level of integration; therefore, if it does not meet the required quality and characteristics or has been presented incompletely, the obligation to present it will be considered unfulfilled, and consequently, the corresponding sanctions will be imposed in accordance with the applicable legal provisions.

190 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 SERIES R06 ASSIGNED ASSETS This series is integrated by one (1) report, whose frequency of preparation and presentation must be monthly.

REPORT A-0611 Disaggregated Assigned Assets In this report, information is requested for each of the assets assigned or received in payment in kind by the credit union members at the close of the period. The report requests information corresponding to the identification of the assigned asset or in payment in kind, as well as its registration, follow-up, and de-registration.

For filling out the A-0611 Disaggregated Assigned Assets report, the following aspects must be taken into consideration: a) The figures in this report must coincide with the financial statements of the credit union and consequently with the accounting records. b) A line must be reported for each assigned asset, where information regarding the assigned assets or received in payment in kind of the credit union, related to their registration, follow-up, and de-registration, will be provided. c) Data referring to amounts or sums must be presented in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos, using the exchange rate indicated in the accounting criteria. Such amounts and sums must be presented in pesos, with two decimals, without commas, and with positive figures. For example: $20,585.70 would be 20585.70.

CAPTURE FORMAT Entities shall carry out the sending of information related to the A-0611 Disaggregated Assigned Assets report, by using the following capture format:

REQUESTED INFORMATION REPORT IDENTIFIER SECTION PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT

ACQUIRER IDENTIFIER SECTION IDENTIFIER OF THE ACQUIRER ASSIGNED BY THE ENTITY FULL NAME OR BUSINESS NAME OF THE ACQUIRER RFC OF THE ACQUIRER

ASSIGNED OR PAYMENT IN KIND ASSET IDENTIFIER SECTION CREDIT CONTRACT NUMBER STATUS OF THE ASSET ACCOUNTING CLASSIFICATION ORIGIN OF THE ASSET DESCRIPTION OF THE ASSET NUMBER OF THE ASSIGNED OR PAYMENT IN KIND ASSET AMOUNT OF THE ASSIGNED OR PAYMENT IN KIND ASSET

REGISTRATION OF THE ASSIGNED OR PAYMENT IN KIND ASSET SECTION NUMBER OF RESOLUTION ACT OF THE ASSIGNED ASSET DATE OF RESOLUTION ACT OF THE ASSIGNED ASSET NUMBER OF POSSESSION DEED OF THE ASSIGNED ASSET DATE OF POSSESSION DEED OF THE ASSIGNED ASSET

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 191 REQUESTED INFORMATION AMOUNT ACCORDING TO POSSESSION DEED OF THE ASSIGNED ASSET DATE OF AUTHORIZATION OF THE PAYMENT IN KIND ORGANISM THAT AUTHORIZED THE PAYMENT IN KIND AUTHORIZED AMOUNT OF THE PAYMENT IN KIND DATE OF PAYMENT IN KIND CONTRACT AMOUNT OF PAYMENT IN KIND CONTRACT AMOUNT OF CAPITAL PAID EFFECTIVELY BY THE ACQUIRER AMOUNT OF ORDINARY INTERESTS PAID EFFECTIVELY BY THE ACQUIRER AMOUNT OF MORATORY INTERESTS PAID EFFECTIVELY BY THE ACQUIRER OTHER AMOUNTS PAID EFFECTIVELY BY THE ACQUIRER IMPACT ON RESULTS EFFECT OF THE ASSIGNMENT OR PAYMENT IN KIND

FOLLOW-UP OF THE ASSIGNED OR PAYMENT IN KIND ASSET SECTION MONTHS OF AGE OF ASSET REGISTRATION AMOUNT OF ESTIMATION FOR LOSS OF VALUE OF ASSIGNED ASSETS PURCHASE OFFER OF THE ASSET ESTIMATED DATE OF PURCHASE AND SALE

DE-REGISTRATION OF THE ASSIGNED OR PAYMENT IN KIND ASSET SECTION ORGANISM THAT AUTHORIZED THE OPERATION DATE OF AUTHORIZATION OF THE OPERATION AUTHORIZED AMOUNT OF THE OPERATION DATE OF THE OPERATION AMOUNT OF THE OPERATION ACCORDING TO CONTRACT AMOUNT APPLIED TO RESULTS RESULT OF THE OPERATION

Entities shall report the information indicated in this series, which must comply with the validations and quality standards indicated by the National Banking and Securities Commission (Commission), adhering to the characteristics and specifications for filling out and sending information presented in the filling instructions, which are published and updated in the Interinstitutional Information Transfer System (SITI) or in that which the Commission makes known, as applicable. Once the validations and quality standards are met, the SITI will generate an electronic receipt. The information must be sent only once and will be received assuming it meets all characteristics and specifications, whereby it cannot be modified and must present consistency with the various reports that include the same information at a different level of integration; therefore, if it does not meet the required quality and characteristics or has been presented incompletely, the obligation to present it will be considered unfulfilled, and consequently, the corresponding sanctions will be imposed in accordance with the applicable legal provisions.

192 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 SERIES R08 DEPOSITS This series is integrated by two (2) reports, whose frequency of preparation and presentation must be monthly.

REPORTS D-0811 Disaggregated Member Loans In this report, operation by operation, the loans of the members of the credit unions that are registered in the concept of Member Loans of the A-0111 Minimum Catalog report at the close of the month are requested.

D-0812 Disaggregated Bank Loans and Loans from Other Organizations In this report, operation by operation, the loans obtained by the credit unions that are registered in the concept of Bank Loans and Loans from Other Organizations of the A-0111 Minimum Catalog report at the close of the month are requested.

CAPTURE FORMAT Entities shall carry out the sending of information related to the D-0811 Disaggregated Member Loans report, described above, by using the following capture format:

REQUESTED INFORMATION REPORT IDENTIFIER SECTION PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT

MEMBER IDENTIFIER SECTION IDENTIFIER OF THE MEMBER ASSIGNED BY THE ENTITY TYPE OF MEMBER FULL NAME OR BUSINESS NAME OF THE MEMBER RFC OF THE MEMBER UNIQUE POPULATION REGISTRY KEY (CURP) OF THE MEMBER GENDER OF THE MEMBER LEGAL PERSONALITY OF THE MEMBER GROUP OF PEOPLE MEMBER IS A RELATED PARTY ECONOMIC ACTIVITY OF THE MEMBER MEMBER WITH 2,500 OR MORE UDIS OF PAID CAPITAL LOCALITY OF THE MEMBER'S ADDRESS MUNICIPALITY OF THE MEMBER'S ADDRESS STATE OF THE MEMBER'S ADDRESS

OPERATION DATA SECTION CONTRACT NUMBER LOAN IDENTIFICATION NUMBER DATE OF CONTRACTING OR OPENING

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 193 REQUESTED INFORMATION NAME OF THE BENEFICIARY ACCOUNTING CLASSIFICATION (R01 A-0111) TERM CLASSIFICATION CURRENCY DATE OF MATURITY OF THE CONTRACT DATE OF OPERATION NEW OPERATION OR REINVESTMENT TYPE OF RATE REFERENCE INTEREST RATE DIFFERENTIAL ON REFERENCE RATE OPERATION OF DIFFERENTIAL ON REFERENCE RATE (ADDITIVE OR FACTOR) FREQUENCY OF REVIEW OF THE RATE PERIODICITY OF THE AGREED PAYMENT PLAN ORIGINAL AMOUNT OF THE LOAN DATE OF MATURITY OF THE PROMISSORY NOTE REMAINING TERM TO MATURITY OF THE OPERATION AMOUNT OF INTERESTS PAID IN THE PERIOD AMOUNT OF ACCRUED INTERESTS NOT PAID IN THE PERIOD OUTSTANDING BALANCE OF THE LOAN AT THE END OF THE PERIOD NUMBER OF ACQUIRED MEMBER NUMBER OF IDENTIFICATION OF THE GUARANTEED CREDIT AMOUNT OF THE GUARANTEED CREDIT PERCENTAGE IN GUARANTEE MANDATE LETTER

Entities shall carry out the sending of information related to the D-0812 Disaggregated Bank Loans and Loans from Other Organizations report, by using the following capture format:

REQUESTED INFORMATION REPORT IDENTIFIER SECTION PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT

LENDER IDENTIFIER SECTION NUMBER OF IDENTIFICATION OF THE GRANTOR OF THE LOAN TYPE OF LENDER LENDER KEY (CASFIM KEY)

194 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024 REQUESTED INFORMATION SECTION OPERATION DATA CONTRACT NUMBER ACCOUNT NUMBER CONTRACTING OR OPENING DATE MATURITY DATE ACCOUNTING CLASSIFICATION (R01 A-0111) ORIGINAL LOAN AMOUNT RATE TYPE REFERENCE INTEREST RATE CURRENCY PERIODICITY OF THE AGREED PAYMENT PLAN TERM CLASSIFICATION LOAN BALANCE AT THE START OF THE PERIOD PAYMENTS MADE DURING THE PERIOD INTEREST AMOUNT PAID DURING THE PERIOD ACCRUED UNPAID INTEREST AMOUNT OUTSTANDING LOAN BALANCE AT THE END OF THE PERIOD DATE OF THE LAST PAYMENT MADE TO THE LOAN AMOUNT OF THE LAST PAYMENT MADE TO THE LOAN DATE OF THE NEXT IMMEDIATE PAYMENT AMOUNT OF THE NEXT IMMEDIATE PAYMENT SECTION GUARANTEE IDENTIFIER TYPE OF GUARANTEE AMOUNT OR VALUE OF THE GUARANTEE Entities will report the information indicated in this series, which must comply with the validations and quality standards indicated by the National Banking and Securities Commission (Commission), adhering to the characteristics and specifications for filling out and sending information presented in the filling guides, which are published and updated in the Interinstitutional Information Transfer System (SITI) or by the Commission as applicable. Once validations and quality standards are met, the SITI will generate an electronic receipt acknowledgment. The information must be sent only once and will be received assuming it meets all characteristics and specifications; therefore, it cannot be modified and must present consistency with various reports that include the same information at a different level of aggregation. Consequently, if it does not meet the required quality and characteristics or has been presented incompletely, the obligation to present it will be considered unfulfilled, and the corresponding sanctions will be imposed in accordance with applicable legal provisions.

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 195 SERIES R10 RECLASSIFICATIONS This series is integrated by two (2) reports, whose frequency of preparation and presentation must be monthly. REPORTS A-1011 Reclassifications in the statement of financial position In this report, balances at the end of the period for the concepts of regulatory report A-0111 Minimum Catalog are requested, as well as the respective movements for presentation and compensations according to accounting criteria for the purpose of presenting the items in the statement of financial position of the entity without consolidation. A-1012 Reclassifications in the statement of comprehensive income In this report, balances at the end of the period for the concepts of regulatory report A-0111 Minimum Catalog are requested, as well as the respective movements for presentation and compensations according to accounting criteria for the purpose of presenting the items in the statement of comprehensive income of the entity without consolidation. For filling out reports A-1011 Reclassifications in the statement of financial position and A-1012 Reclassifications in the statement of comprehensive income, the following must be taken into consideration: Data referring to balances must be presented in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos, with two decimals and without commas. For example: $20,585.70 would be 20585.70. CAPTURE FORMAT Entities will carry out the sending of information related to reports A-1011 Reclassifications in the statement of financial position and A-1012 Reclassifications in the statement of comprehensive income, described above, by using the following capture format: REQUESTED INFORMATION SECTION REPORT IDENTIFIER PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT SECTION FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONCEPT BALANCE TYPE MOVEMENT TYPE DATA Entities will report the information indicated in this series, which must comply with the validations and quality standards indicated by the National Banking and Securities Commission (Commission), adhering to the characteristics and specifications for filling out and sending information presented in the support guides, which are published and updated in the Interinstitutional Information Transfer System (SITI) or by the Commission as applicable. Once validations and quality standards are met, the SITI will generate an electronic receipt acknowledgment. The information must be sent only once and will be received assuming it meets all characteristics and specifications; therefore, it cannot be modified and must present consistency with various reports that include the same information at a different level of aggregation. Consequently, if it does not meet the required quality and characteristics or has been presented incompletely, the obligation to present it will be considered unfulfilled, and the corresponding sanctions will be imposed in accordance with applicable legal provisions.

196 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 197

198 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 199

200 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 201

202 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 203

204 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 205

206 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 207

208 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 209

210 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 211

212 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 213

214 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 215

216 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 217

218 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 219

220 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 221

222 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 223

224 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 225

226 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 227

228 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 229

230 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 231

232 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 233

234 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 235

236 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 237 SERIES R12 CONSOLIDATION This series is integrated by two (2) reports, whose frequency of preparation and presentation must be monthly. REPORTS A-1219 Consolidation of the statement of financial position of the credit union with its subsidiaries In this report, balances at the end of the period for the concepts of regulatory report A-1011 Reclassifications in the statement of financial position are requested, as well as the statements of financial position of each of its subsidiaries, the sum of the subsidiaries, and the summation of the statement of financial position of the credit union and its subsidiaries. The eliminations that must be made to consolidate the information of the statement of financial position with its subsidiaries are recorded, and finally, the consolidated statement of financial position of the credit union with its subsidiaries. A-1220 Consolidation of the statement of comprehensive income of the credit union with its subsidiaries In this report, balances at the end of the period for the concepts of regulatory report A-1012 Reclassifications in the statement of comprehensive income are requested, as well as the statements of comprehensive income of each of its subsidiaries, the sum of the subsidiaries, and the summation of the statement of comprehensive income of the credit union and its subsidiaries. The eliminations that must be made to consolidate the information of the statement of comprehensive income with its subsidiaries are recorded, and finally, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income of the credit union with its subsidiaries. For filling out reports A-1219 Consolidation of the statement of financial position of the credit union with its subsidiaries and A-1220 Consolidation of the statement of comprehensive income of the credit union with its subsidiaries, the following must be taken into consideration: Data referring to balances must be presented in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos, with two decimals and without commas. For example: $20,585.70 would be 20585.70. CAPTURE FORMAT Entities will carry out the sending of information related to reports A-1219 Consolidation of the statement of financial position of the credit union with its subsidiaries and A-1220 Consolidation of the statement of comprehensive income of the credit union with its subsidiaries, described above, by using the following capture format: REQUESTED INFORMATION SECTION REPORT IDENTIFIER PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT NUMBER OF SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARY KEY SECTION FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONCEPT BALANCE TYPE MOVEMENT TYPE DATA Entities will report the information indicated in this series, which must comply with the validations and quality standards indicated by the National Banking and Securities Commission (Commission), adhering to the characteristics and specifications for filling out and sending information presented in the support guides, which are published and updated in the Interinstitutional Information Transfer System (SITI) or by the Commission as applicable. Once validations and quality standards are met, the SITI will generate an electronic receipt acknowledgment. The information must be sent only once and will be received assuming it meets all characteristics and specifications; therefore, it cannot be modified and must present consistency with various reports that include the same information at a different level of aggregation. Consequently, if it does not meet the required quality and characteristics or has been presented incompletely, the obligation to present it will be considered unfulfilled, and the corresponding sanctions will be imposed in accordance with applicable legal provisions.

238 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 239

240 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 241

242 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 243

244 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 245

246 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 247

248 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 249

250 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 251

252 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 253

254 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 255

256 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 257

258 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 259

260 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 261

262 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 263

264 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 265

266 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 267

268 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 269

270 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 271

272 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 273

274 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 275

276 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 277

278 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 279

280 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 281

282 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 283

284 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 285

286 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 287

288 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 289

290 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 291 SERIES R13 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS This series is integrated by four (4) reports, whose frequency of preparation and presentation must be monthly for reports B-1321 and B-1322, and quarterly for reports A-1311 and A-1316. REPORTS A-1311 Statement of changes in equity The statement of changes in equity aims to present information about changes in the owners' investment in the entity during the accounting period. It must show the reconciliation between initial and final balances of the period for each of the items that form part of equity. In this report, balances for all equity concepts of the entity at the beginning of the fiscal year are requested, showing the movements occurred during the reported period, as well as the equity balances at the end of the period, where movements refer to increases or decreases in equity originated by owner movements, reserve movements, and recognition of comprehensive income. A-1316 Statement of cash flows The statement of cash flows has the main objective of providing information about changes in resources and financing sources during the accounting period. Changes refer to differences, classified based on resources generated or used by operations, financing activities, and investment activities, in the different items of the initial and final statement of financial position of the reported period. It must also reflect the increase or decrease in cash and equivalents during the period. B-1321 Statement of financial position The statement of financial position aims to present the value of assets and rights, real obligations, direct or contingent, as well as equity of an entity at a specific date. It must adequately and on consistent bases show the entities' position regarding their assets, liabilities, equity, and off-balance sheet accounts so that the economic resources available to the entities and their financial structure can be evaluated. In this report, total balances at the end of the period for the different concepts integrating the entity's statement of financial position are requested. Balances are classified into assets, liabilities, equity, and off-balance sheet accounts. B-1322 Statement of comprehensive income The statement of comprehensive income aims to show information relative to the result of its operations in equity, and therefore, income and expenses and other comprehensive income (OCI) and comprehensive income. In this report, relevant information about operations carried out during the reported period is requested.

292 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024 For filling out reports A-1311 Statement of changes in equity, A-1316 Statement of cash flows, B-1321 Statement of financial position, and B-1322 Statement of comprehensive income, the following must be taken into consideration: Data referring to balances must be presented in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos, with two decimals and without commas. For example: $20,585.70 would be 20585.70. CAPTURE FORMAT Entities will carry out the sending of information related to reports A-1311 Statement of changes in equity and A-1316 Statement of cash flows, described above, by using the following capture format: REQUESTED INFORMATION SECTION REPORT IDENTIFIER PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT SECTION FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONCEPT BALANCE TYPE DATA Entities will carry out the sending of information related to reports B-1321 Statement of Financial Position and B-1322 Statement of Comprehensive Income, described above, by using the following capture format: REQUESTED INFORMATION SECTION REPORT IDENTIFIER PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT SECTION FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONCEPT DATA Entities will report the information indicated in this series, which must comply with the validations and quality standards indicated by the National Banking and Securities Commission (Commission), adhering to the characteristics and specifications for filling out and sending information presented in the support guides, which are published and updated in the Interinstitutional Information Transfer System (SITI) or by the Commission as applicable. Once validations and quality standards are met, the SITI will generate an electronic receipt acknowledgment. The information must be sent only once and will be received assuming it meets all characteristics and specifications; therefore, it cannot be modified and must present consistency with various reports that include the same information at a different level of aggregation. Consequently, if it does not meet the required quality and characteristics or has been presented incompletely, the obligation to present it will be considered unfulfilled, and the corresponding sanctions will be imposed in accordance with applicable legal provisions.

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 293 Total controlling interest Total non-controlling interest Total equity Share capital Contributions for future capital increases formalized in shareholders' meeting Premium on share sales Capital reserves Accumulated results Valuation of negotiable financial instruments Valuation of financial instruments to collect and sell Valuation of hedging derivative financial instruments Income and expenses related to assets held for disposal Remediation of defined benefits to employees Accumulated effect from conversion Result from holding non-monetary assets Participation in OCI of other entities

294 DIARIO OFICIAL Thursday, April 25, 2024 Total controlling interest Total non-controlling interest Total equity Share capital Contributions for future capital increases formalized in shareholders' meeting Premium on share sales Capital reserves Accumulated results Valuation of negotiable financial instruments Valuation of financial instruments to collect and sell Valuation of hedging derivative financial instruments Income and expenses related to assets held for disposal Remediation of defined benefits to employees Accumulated effect from conversion Result from holding non-monetary assets Participation in OCI of other entities

Thursday, April 25, 2024 DIARIO OFICIAL 295 Credit Unions Series R13 Financial Statements Report A-1316 Statement of cash flows Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept Amount Operating Activities Profit before income tax Adjustments for items associated with investment activities Depreciation of properties, furniture, and equipment Amortization of intangible assets Losses or reversal of losses from impairment of long-term assets Participation in the net result of other entities Other adjustments for items associated with investment activities Discontinued operations Long-term assets held for sale or for distribution to owners Adjustments for items associated with financing activities Interest associated with bank loans, partner loans, and other organizations Interest on lease liabilities Other interest Changes in operating items Change in margin accounts (derivative financial instruments) Change in investments in financial instruments (securities) (net) Change in repo operations (net) Change in derivative financial instruments (asset) Change in credit portfolio (net) Change in acquired receivables (net) Collection of benefits to receive in securitization operations Change in other accounts receivable (net) Change in adjudicated goods (net) Change in inventory Change in other operating assets (net) Change in bond liabilities Change in bank loans, partner loans, and other organizations Change in sold collateral Change in derivative financial instruments (liability) Change in obligations in securitization operations Change in other operating liabilities Change in hedging derivative financial instruments (for covered items related to operating activities) Change in assets/liabilities for employee benefits Change in other accounts payable Change in other provisions Tax refunds on profit Tax payments on profit Net cash flows from operating activities

---

296 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R13 Financial Statements Report A-1316 Statement of Cash Flows Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept Amount Investing Activities Collections from long-term financial instruments Payments for long-term financial instruments Collections from disposal of properties, furniture and equipment Payments for acquisition of properties, furniture and equipment Collections from discontinued operations Payments for discontinued operations Collections from disposal of subsidiaries Payments for acquisition of subsidiaries Collections from disposal of associates, joint ventures and other permanent investments Payments for acquisition of associates, joint ventures and other permanent investments Collections of dividends from permanent investments Collections from disposal of intangible assets Payments for acquisition of intangible assets Collections associated with hedging financial derivatives (of hedged items related to investing activities) Payments associated with hedging financial derivatives (of hedged items related to investing activities) Other collections from investing activities Other payments from investing activities Net cash flows from investing activities Financing Activities Collections from obtaining bank loans, from partners and from other entities Payments of bank loans, from partners and from other entities Payments for lease liabilities Collections from issuance of shares Payments for capital repayments Dividend payments Payments associated with the repurchase of own shares Payments for interest on lease liabilities Collections associated with hedging financial derivatives (of hedged items related to financing activities) Payments associated with hedging financial derivatives (of hedged items related to financing activities) Other collections from financing activities Other payments from financing activities Net cash flows from financing activities Net increase or decrease in cash and cash equivalents Effects from changes in the value of cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period Credit Unions In accordance with what is established by the accounting criteria, the concepts appearing in this statement are shown in an enumerative but not exhaustive manner. The opening of a greater number of concepts in order to provide a more detailed presentation of the information must be requested from the National Banking and Securities Commission.

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 297 Credit Unions Series R13 Financial Statements Report B-1321 Statement of Financial Position Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept Amount ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents Margin accounts (financial derivatives) Investments in financial instruments Negotiable financial instruments Financial instruments to collect and sell Financial instruments to collect principal and interest (securities) (net) Financial instruments to collect principal and interest (securities) Estimate of expected credit losses for investments in financial instruments to collect principal and interest (securities) Repo debtors Financial derivatives For trading purposes For hedging purposes Valuation adjustments for hedging of financial assets Credit portfolio with credit risk stage 1 Commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Without guarantee Factoring operations, discount or assignment of credit rights Financial leasing operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Credit portfolio with credit risk stage 2 Commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Without guarantee Factoring operations, discount or assignment of credit rights Financial leasing operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Credit portfolio with credit risk stage 3 Commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Without guarantee Factoring operations, discount or assignment of credit rights Financial leasing operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions

298 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R13 Financial Statements Report B-1321 Statement of Financial Position Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept Amount Credit portfolio valued at fair value Commercial credits Documented with real estate guarantee Documented with other guarantees Without guarantee Factoring operations, discount or assignment of credit rights Financial leasing operations Financial entities Loans granted to other credit unions Credit portfolio Deferred items (2) Preventive estimate for credit risks Credit portfolio (net) Acquired receivables (net) Total credit portfolio (net) Benefits to receive in securitization operations Other accounts receivable (net) Inventory of merchandise (net) Adjudicated assets (net) Long-term assets held for sale or for distribution to owners Assets related to discontinued operations Prepayments and other assets Properties, furniture and equipment (net) Right-of-use assets for properties, furniture and equipment (net) Permanent investments Deferred income tax asset Intangible assets (net) Right-of-use assets for intangible assets (net) Goodwill LIABILITIES Securities liabilities Bank loans, from partners and from other entities Short-term Long-term Sold collateral Repos Financial derivatives Other sold collateral Financial derivatives For trading purposes For hedging purposes

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 299 Credit Unions Series R13 Financial Statements Report B-1321 Statement of Financial Position Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept Amount Valuation adjustments for hedging of financial liabilities Obligations in securitization operations Lease liability Other accounts payable Suppliers Creditors for settlement of operations Creditors for margin accounts Creditors for cash collateral received Contributions payable Various creditors and other accounts payable Liabilities related to groups of assets held for sale Liabilities related to discontinued operations Contributions for future capital increases pending formalization in shareholders' meeting Obligations associated with the removal of components of properties, furniture and equipment Income tax liability Employee benefits liability Deferred credits and advance collections EQUITY Controlling interest Contributed capital Share capital Fixed Variable Unissued share capital Fixed Variable Increase from updating paid share capital (1) Fixed Variable Contributions for future capital increases formalized in shareholders' meeting Increase from updating contributions for future capital increases formalized in shareholders' meeting (1) Share premium Increase from updating share premium (1) Retained earnings Capital reserves Increase from updating capital reserves (1) Accumulated results Results of prior periods Increase from updating results of prior periods (1) Net result

300 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 Credit Unions Series R13 Financial Statements Report B-1321 Statement of Financial Position Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept Amount Other comprehensive income Valuation of negotiable financial instruments Increase from updating the valuation of negotiable financial instruments (1) Valuation of financial instruments to collect and sell Increase from updating the valuation of financial instruments to collect and sell (1) Valuation of hedging financial derivatives Increase from updating the valuation of hedging financial derivatives (1) Income and expenses related to assets held for disposal Increase from updating income and expenses related to assets held for disposal (1) Remeasurement of defined employee benefits Increase from updating the remeasurement of defined employee benefits (1) Accumulated effect from conversion Increase from updating the accumulated effect from conversion (1) Result from holding non-monetary assets Increase from updating the result from holding non-monetary assets (1) Participation in OCI of other entities Increase from updating the participation in OCI of other entities (1) Non-controlling interest Net result attributable to non-controlling interest Other non-controlling interest Other comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS Guarantees granted Contingent assets and liabilities Credit commitments Assets in trust or mandate Assets in administration Collateral received by the entity Collateral received and sold by the entity Accrued interest not collected derived from credit portfolio with credit risk stage 3 Other registration accounts Credit Unions (1) These concepts will be applicable under an inflationary economic environment based on what is established in Financial Information Standard B-10 Effects of Inflation, issued by the Mexican Council of Financial Information Standards, A.C. (CINIF). (2) The balance of the concept must be integrated in accordance with the presentation standards established in criterion D-1 "Statement of Financial Position".

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 301 Credit Unions Series R13 Financial Statements Report B-1322 Statement of Comprehensive Income Includes figures in national currency, foreign currency, and UDIS valued in pesos Figures in pesos Concept Amount Interest income Interest expense Net monetary position result (financial margin) FINANCIAL MARGIN Preventive estimate for credit risks FINANCIAL MARGIN ADJUSTED FOR CREDIT RISKS Commissions and fees charged Commissions and fees paid Intermediation result Other operating income (expenses) Administration and promotion expenses OPERATING RESULT Participation in the net result of other entities RESULT BEFORE INCOME TAX Income tax RESULT OF CONTINUOUS OPERATIONS Discontinued operations NET RESULT Other comprehensive income Valuation of negotiable financial instruments Valuation of financial instruments to collect and sell Valuation of hedging financial derivatives Income and expenses related to assets held for disposal Remeasurement of defined employee benefits Accumulated effect from conversion Result from holding non-monetary assets Participation in OCI of other entities COMPREHENSIVE RESULT Net result attributable to: Controlling interest Non-controlling interest Comprehensive result attributable to: Controlling interest Non-controlling interest BASIC EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE (2) Credit Unions (2) Determined in accordance with what is provided by Bulletin B-14 "Earnings per share", issued by the Mexican Council of Financial Information Standards, A.C. (CINIF).

302 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 SERIES R14 QUALITATIVE INFORMATION This series is integrated by two (2) reports, whose frequency of preparation and presentation must be quarterly for report A-1411 and monthly for report B-1413. REPORTS A-1411 Disaggregation of Shareholder Integration In this report, information is requested for each of the partners of the credit union, related to the capital contributions that make up the paid share capital of the entity. B-1413 Number of members, employees and branches In this report, the number of branches and offices, as well as the number of members and employees of the credit union during the month is requested. To fill out report A-1411 Disaggregation of Shareholder Integration, the following aspects must be taken into consideration: a) The figures in this report must match the financial statements of the credit union and consequently with the accounting records. b) A line must be reported for each partner, where information regarding the contributions that make up the paid share capital of the credit union, as well as those made for future capital increases agreed upon in shareholders' meeting, share premium, date of entry as a partner, among others, will be provided. c) Data referring to amounts or sums must be presented in national currency, foreign currency and UDIS valued in pesos, using the exchange rate indicated in the accounting criteria. These amounts and sums must be presented with two decimal places, without commas, without periods and with positive figures. For example: $20,585.70 would be 20585.70. CAPTURE FORMAT Entities will carry out the submission of information related to report A-1411 Disaggregation of Shareholder Integration, by using the following capture format: REQUESTED INFORMATION SECTION REPORT IDENTIFIER PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT SECTION PARTNER IDENTIFIER PARTNER IDENTIFIER ASSIGNED BY THE ENTITY FULL NAME OR SOCIAL NAME OF THE PARTNER TAX ID OF THE PARTNER UNIQUE REGISTER OF POPULATION KEY (CURP) OF THE PARTNER PARTNER'S DATE OF BIRTH OR DATE OF CONSTITUTION OF THE COMPANY PARTNER'S AGE AT ENTRY TO THE CREDIT UNION PARTNER'S SEX PARTNER'S LEGAL PERSONALITY PARTNER'S DOMICILE LOCALITY PARTNER'S DOMICILE MUNICIPALITY PARTNER'S DOMICILE STATE PARTNER'S DOMICILE COUNTRY PARTNER'S ECONOMIC ACTIVITY TYPE OF RELATED PARTNER GROUP OF PERSONS

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 303 REQUESTED INFORMATION SECTION FINANCIAL INFORMATION ACCOUNTING CLASSIFICATION OF FIXED SHARE CAPITAL FIXED SHARE CAPITAL EXHIBITED NUMBER OF FIXED SHARE CAPITAL SHARES EXHIBITED ACCOUNTING CLASSIFICATION OF VARIABLE SHARE CAPITAL VARIABLE SHARE CAPITAL EXHIBITED NUMBER OF VARIABLE SHARE CAPITAL SHARES EXHIBITED ACCOUNTING CLASSIFICATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS FOR FUTURE CAPITAL INCREASES FORMALIZED IN SHAREHOLDERS' MEETING CONTRIBUTIONS FOR FUTURE CAPITAL INCREASES FORMALIZED IN SHAREHOLDERS' MEETING ACCOUNTING CLASSIFICATION OF SHARE PREMIUM SHARE PREMIUM PREFERRED STOCK CAPITAL NUMBER OF PREFERRED SHARES PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDEND PERCENTAGE ACCUMULABLE PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDEND PERCENTAGE OF THE MATURITY PREMIUM DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DATE OF ISSUANCE OF PROVISIONAL CERTIFICATE DATE OF ISSUANCE OF SHARE TITLE DATE OF ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED SHARES DATE OF AMORTIZATION OF PREFERRED SHARES DATE OF ENTRY Entities will carry out the submission of information related to report B-1413 Number of members, employees and branches, by using the following capture format: REQUESTED INFORMATION SECTION REPORT IDENTIFIER PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT SECTION QUALITATIVE DATA TYPE OF INFORMATION LEGAL PERSONALITY SEX DATA Entities will report the information indicated in this series, which must comply with the validations and quality standards indicated by the National Banking and Securities Commission (Commission), adjusting to the characteristics and specifications for filling out and sending information presented in the filling instructions, which are published and updated in the Interinstitutional Information Transfer System (SITI) or in that which, if applicable, the Commission makes known. Once the validations and quality standards are met, the SITI will generate an electronic receipt. The information must be sent only once and will be received assuming it meets all characteristics and specifications, by virtue of which it cannot be modified and must present consistency with the various reports in which the same information is included with a different level of integration, therefore, if it does not meet the required quality and characteristics or has been presented incompletely, the obligation to present it will be considered unfulfilled and, consequently, the corresponding sanctions will be imposed in accordance with the legal provisions that apply.

304 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 SERIES R21 CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS This series is integrated by one (1) report, whose frequency of preparation and presentation must be monthly. REPORT A-2111 Capital requirements by risk In this report, the calculation of capitalization requirements for market risk and credit risk is requested, as well as net capital and capitalization indicators. The foregoing in accordance with what is established by the current regulation applicable to credit unions. To fill out report A-2111 Capital requirements by risk, the following must be taken into consideration: Data referring to balances must be presented in national currency, foreign currency and UDIS valued in pesos, with four decimal places and without commas. For example: $20,585.6970 would be 20585.6970. CAPTURE FORMAT Entities will carry out the submission of information related to report A-2111 Capital requirements by risk, described above, by using the following capture format: REQUESTED INFORMATION SECTION REPORT IDENTIFIER PERIOD ENTITY KEY REPORT SECTION FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONCEPT DATA Entities will report the information indicated in this series, which must comply with the validations and quality standards indicated by the National Banking and Securities Commission (Commission), adjusting to the characteristics and specifications for filling out and sending information presented in the filling instructions, which are published and updated in the Interinstitutional Information Transfer System (SITI) or in that which, if applicable, the Commission makes known. Once the validations and quality standards are met, the SITI will generate an electronic receipt. The information must be sent only once and will be received assuming it meets all characteristics and specifications, by virtue of which it cannot be modified and must present consistency with the various reports in which the same information is included with a different level of integration, therefore, if it does not meet the required quality and characteristics or has been presented incompletely, the obligation to present it will be considered unfulfilled and, consequently, the corresponding sanctions will be imposed in accordance with the legal provisions that apply.

305 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 i 1

306 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 307

308 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 309

310 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 311

312 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 313

314 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 315

316 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 ANNEX 21 REQUIREMENTS THAT GUARANTEES MUST MEET TO BE RECOGNIZED FOR THE PURPOSE OF DETERMINING THE CAPITALIZATION REQUIREMENT FOR CREDIT RISK AND PREVENTIVE ESTIMATES FOR CREDIT RISKS When credit unions have guarantees constituted with immediate liquidity payment methods (financial guarantees), with Step-by-Step Coverage Schemes or First Loss Coverage Schemes, with non-financial guarantees or similar instruments, personal guarantees or credit insurance that comply with the provisions of this annex, they may reduce the percentage of preventive estimates of the credit or credits, as well as the capital requirements of the operations in question in accordance with the provisions of title seven, chapter II, section one, section A of these provisions. The eligible guarantees, as well as the requirements they must meet for such purposes, are indicated below: I. Guarantees constituted with immediate liquidity payment methods (financial guarantees). Guarantees constituted with immediate liquidity payment methods will only be considered when they consist of: a) Cash or loans granted by the accredited party or by another member in the credit union itself in its favor, as well as payment methods with a maturity equal to or greater than the term of the credit granted to the member in favor of the credit union in question, taking the necessary measures to allow the guarantee to be awarded and executed at the moment the accredited party is placed in credit portfolio with credit risk stage 3, when the debtor or a third party constitutes a deposit in the credit union itself and grants it an irrevocable mandate to apply the respective resources to the payment of the credits, or when they are negotiable credit instruments of immediate realization and wide circulation and which, in case of non-compliance, are available without any legal restriction for the credit union and of which the debtor or any person other than the credit union itself cannot dispose while the obligation subsists. b) Securities and other financial instruments issued by the Bank of Mexico. c) Financial instruments issued or guaranteed by the Federal Government. d) Financial instruments and documents issued by the Institute for the Protection of Bank Savings, as well as obligations guaranteed by said institute. e) Debt financial instruments issued by credit institutions or brokerage houses that have a Credit Rating issued by a recognized Rating Institution, greater than or equal to Risk Grade 3 in accordance with Annex 34 of these provisions. f) Other debt financial instruments that have a Credit Rating issued by a Rating Institution, equal to or better than Risk Grade 3 in accordance with Annex 34 of these provisions, by at least one Rating Institution and highly liquid shares listed on an exchange or in recognized markets in accordance with applicable provisions. g) Medium and low liquidity shares listed on an exchange or in recognized markets in accordance with applicable provisions. h) Investments in shares representing the capital stock of daily liquidity investment funds. II. Non-financial guarantees and similar instruments. a) Commercial or residential real estate whose guarantee is considered in an amount not exceeding the current fair value at which the property could be sold by private contract between a seller and a buyer. b) Movable goods or other guarantees provided for in article 32 bis 1 of the Commercial Code, registered in the Single Registry of Movable Guarantees referred to in the Commercial Code or deposited in general deposit warehouses, including those goods granted under lease, for which there is no purchase option at the end of the contract term. The guarantee must be considered in an amount not exceeding the current fair value at which the asset could be sold by private contract between a seller and a buyer.

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 317 The guarantees provided for in article 32 bis 1 of the Commercial Code may not be previously registered in the Single Registry of Movable Guarantees or covered by deposit certificates and pledge bonds issued by general deposit warehouses and registered in the RUCAM. c) Collection and fiduciary rights, understood as securities whose liquidation must be carried out through the flows derived from the underlying assets, for which the credit union must have ownership and disposal of the cash flows derived from the collection rights, under any foreseeable circumstance. Included within the concept referred to in the preceding paragraph are self-liquidating debts from the sale of goods or services linked to commercial operations, as well as amounts of any nature owed by buyers, suppliers, the Federal or State Public Administration, state-productive companies, as well as other independent third parties not related to the sale of goods or services linked to a commercial operation. Admissible collection and fiduciary rights do not include those related to securitizations or sub-participations. When the debtor makes payments directly to the assignor of the collection rights, trust, or collection administrator, the credit union must periodically verify that these payments are forwarded to it within the terms included in the contract. d) Shares in federal revenues or federal contributions, or both, corresponding to federal entities or municipalities, which may be granted through:

1. Guarantee or administration trust, or both.
2. Irrevocable instructions or guarantee mandate contracts, or both. e) Own revenues corresponding to federal entities or municipalities, which may be granted through:
3. Guarantee or administration trust, or both.
4. Irrevocable instructions or guarantee mandate contracts, or both. f) Deposit certificates and pledge bonds registered in the RUCAM, provided that the credit union notifies the issuing general deposit warehouse of said titles that they were taken by said credit union as collateral and has the certification of the electronic file of the deposit certificate obtained in the RUCAM indicating that the corresponding annotations of the taking of said certificates and pledge bonds by the credit union were made. For the purposes of this annex, other similar instruments shall be understood as guarantee or administration trusts or both, entered into under article 382 of the General Law of Negotiable Instruments and Credit Operations, as well as irrevocable instructions or guarantee mandate contracts or both, referred to in article 2596 of the Federal Civil Code, both instruments contained in subsections d) and e) of this section. III. Credit unions, in order to use financial guarantees or non-financial guarantees and similar instruments for risk coverage and for the qualification and constitution of credit reserves, must have evidence available to the Commission that proves the following: a) The subscription of contracts or other instruments documenting the constitution of the guarantees, which state the causes of non-compliance that generate the credit union's right to execute said guarantees. b) In the case of movable guarantees provided for in article 32 bis 1 of the Commercial Code, the consultation or certification obtained from the Single Registry of Movable Guarantees, and in the case of deposit certificates and pledge bonds, the consultation or, if applicable, the certification obtained from the Single Registry of Certificates, Warehouses and Merchandise, denominated by its acronym RUCAM, referred to in article 22 Bis 6 of the General Law of Auxiliary Credit Organizations and Activities.

318 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 In the case of pledge bonds negotiated for the first time separately from the deposit certificate, credit unions must have evidence that they complied with the provisions of article 236 of the General Law of Negotiable Instruments and Credit Operations. In the event that credit unions take deposit certificates as collateral, they must notify the general deposit warehouses of such situation and have evidence of it. c) The adoption of the necessary measures to ensure the conservation of the assets subject to the guarantees, which include their registration in the corresponding Public Property Registry; in the case of movable guarantees provided for in article 32 bis 1 of the Commercial Code, registration in the Single Registry of Movable Guarantees, and in the case of shares in federal revenues, federal contributions and other own revenues of states and municipalities, in the registry of loans and obligations of the corresponding federal entity, and in the Single Registry referred to in the Financial Discipline Law of Federal Entities and Municipalities or its substitute, as well as those necessary to exercise the right to compensation based on the transfer of ownership of non-financial guarantees. Credit unions that take deposit certificates and pledge bonds must exercise the right enshrined in the second paragraph of article 22 Bis 6 of the General Law of Auxiliary Credit Organizations and Activities and have the certification of the electronic file of the deposit certificate obtained in the RUCAM, which indicates that the corresponding annotations of the taking of said certificates and pledge bonds were made. d) The existence of risk administration processes that explicitly consider the legal, operational, liquidity, and market risks arising from the use of non-financial guarantees. Said processes must comply with the requirements indicated in section VI of this annex. e) The incorporation in credit policies and manuals derived from them, of guidelines and procedures for the administration of non-financial guarantees, in general, and elements for reducing estimation requirements, specifically. In this regard, credit unions must have policies to ensure that:

1. Frequent valuation of non-financial guarantees is carried out, in accordance with section VI of this annex, including tests and scenario analysis under unusual or extreme market conditions.
2. Updated information is available regarding the situation, location, and status of non-financial guarantees received, as well as potential liquidation problems.
3. There is adequate risk diversification in relation to non-financial guarantees.
4. Correct administration of guarantees is carried out, in order to consider differences in maturity dates and consequent exposure periods, once non-financial guarantees expire.
5. Monitoring and attention to risks derived from external factors that could affect the capacity of non-financial guarantees to cover credit risk (for example, liquidity behavior in the non-financial guarantee market) are carried out.
6. The governing bodies of the credit union and the members are aware of the policies related to the management and administration of risks derived from the use of non-financial guarantees as credit risk coverage. f) The establishment of internal methods and controls that ensure:
7. That the non-financial guarantees granted are not financial instruments issued by the same Common Risk group to which the accredited party belongs.
8. The observance of the conditions and terms established in the contracts, as well as the identification of any non-compliance by the counterparty and, consequently, the ability to request the execution of the non-financial guarantees. For the purposes of the foregoing, the event of non-compliance defined in the contracts must consider situations in which the debtor is in a credit portfolio situation with credit risk stage 3 vis-à-vis the credit union, or when it is probable that the debtor will not fulfill all of its credit obligations vis-à-vis the credit union, has demanded the debtor's commercial insolvency, or the latter has requested it.

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 319 3. The taking of necessary measures to ensure the separation of non-financial guarantees from other assets when the guarantee is under the custody of a third party or the accredited party itself. IV. The guarantees and similar instruments referred to in section II above of this annex, to ensure their legal certainty, must at least: a) Be duly constituted in favor of the credit union in question:

1. In the case of shares in federal revenues, federal contributions, and other own revenues of federal entities and municipalities, they must: i. Have authorization from local legislatures, in accordance with the provisions of the corresponding local debt laws. ii. Be registered in the registry of loans and obligations of the corresponding federal entity. iii. Be registered in the Single Registry referred to in the Financial Discipline Law of Federal Entities and Municipalities or its substitute. iv. Have clear mechanisms for channeling resources in favor of credit unions for the payment of Financing, such as a valid irrevocable instruction letter to the Federal Treasury or through trusts or other structured products. v. Have the opinion of an independent specialized legal firm, or that of the credit union's legal department, regarding the validity of the backing of shares and contributions in federal revenues based on the documents that support the obligations of the federal entity or municipality to the credit union. vi. Have the opinion of an independent specialized legal firm, or that of the credit union's legal department, in the case of credits guaranteed with own revenues, regarding the validity of the backing of said revenues.
2. In the case of real estate, they must: i. Be legally enforceable in the jurisdiction and duly constituted. ii. Be registered in the corresponding Public Property Registry. iii. Have agreements or clauses that document the guarantees and allow the credit union in question to execute them.
3. In the case of collection and fiduciary rights, the documents or legal instruments in which they are recorded must: i. Ensure the enforceability of their returns. ii. Be binding on all parties and legally enforceable in the corresponding jurisdiction. Credit unions must monitor compliance with their terms, for which they will have the necessary mechanisms to allow such verification. iii. Establish certain and clearly defined procedures that allow for the rapid collection of cash flows generated by the collection rights. In any case, the procedures available to credit unions must guarantee compliance with all relevant legal conditions for declaring client default and rapid award of the guarantee. Likewise, the documents or legal instruments in which the guarantees are recorded must provide for the possibility of selling or assigning collection rights to third parties without the prior consent of the debtors in cases of financial difficulties or non-compliance by the accredited party.

320 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024 b) Be free of encumbrances with third parties or, otherwise, the credit union in question must be in first place in the order of payment, considering the coverage of the guarantee for this purpose. c) Be easily realizable. V. In the administration of movable and immovable goods, credit unions must clearly document the characteristics they must meet to be accepted as non-financial guarantees and the policies for their administration, as well as ensure that the goods accepted as collateral are insured in favor of the credit union in question in case of damage or defects, and continuously monitor the existence and degree of any preferential right over the property. VI. In the risk administration of the guarantees referred to in section II of this annex, credit unions must: For the case of real estate, including residential use, related to credits that have been restructured or when it is probable that the debtor will not fulfill all of its credit obligations vis-à-vis the credit union, have an appraisal at least every three years or when market conditions are unstable in the opinion of the Commission, where the real existence and current physical state are evidenced, as well as the monitoring of the existence and degree of any preferential right over the property. The appraisals referred to in the preceding paragraph must be carried out through valuation units or by professional appraisers, authorized by Sociedad Hipotecaria Federal, S.N.C., in accordance with the provisions of the Transparency and Promotion of Competition in Guaranteed Credit Law in relation to the authorization as a professional appraiser of real estate subject to guaranteed housing credits, and must be updated according to the policies of the credit union in question. When, as a result of the application of asset value estimates, some are identified whose value has decreased and new valuations are required, the appraisal must be updated. Likewise, when available information suggests that its value may have significantly reduced, with respect to general market prices or when any non-compliance occurs, the real estate in question will not be considered as a credit risk mitigant. a) For the case of collection rights:

1. Have a clear process for determining the credit risk of collection rights. Said process must, among other aspects, include the analysis of the accredited party's business and the economic sector in which it operates, considering the effects of the economic cycle, as well as the type of clients with whom it negotiates. In case information provided by the accredited party is used to evaluate the credit risk of clients, credit unions must examine the accredited party's credit history to corroborate its soundness and credibility.
2. Ensure that the margin or coverage between the amount of the credit and the value of the collection rights reflects all opportune factors including the cost of award, the degree of concentration of collection rights from a single accredited party, and the concentration risk with respect to the total positions of the credit union in question.
3. Carry out a continuous and adequate monitoring process for each type of risk, whether direct or contingent, attributable to the guarantee used as coverage. This process must include reports on aging, control of commercial documents, certificates of the indebtedness base, frequent audits of the guarantee, account confirmations, control of credited account income, dilution analysis, and periodic financial analysis of both the accredited party and the issuers of the collection rights, especially in cases where the guarantee consists of a small number of high-value collection rights. Likewise, they must observe the concentration limits that the credit union in question establishes for its guarantees in collection rights, as well as the agreements related to the loan in question.

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 321

4. Ensure that pledged receivables by an accreditado are diversified. In the event that such receivables depend predominantly on the credit quality of the guarantor, the corresponding risks must be taken into consideration when establishing margins for the entire set of guarantees. Receivables arising from persons related to the accreditado, including subsidiaries and employees, will not be recognized as risk coverage.

5. Have a documented collection process for receivables in situations of difficulty, including the necessary services to carry it out, even if the collection work is usually performed by the accreditado.

VII. Assets provided under financial leasing may be recognized receiving the same treatment as admissible non-financial guarantees, described in this annex, when credit unions are not subject to residual value risk, which consists of the exposure of said credit unions to a potential loss derived from the fall in the fair value of the asset below its estimated residual value at the start of the lease.

Credit unions must meet the minimum requirements for the type of admissible guarantee in question, in accordance with this annex, and additionally must observe the following criteria:

a) The lessor must carry out adequate risk management in accordance with the location of the asset, its use, its age, and its expected life cycle.

b) The lessor must have ownership of the asset, as well as the capacity to exercise its rights as owner in a timely manner.

c) The difference between the depreciation rate of the fixed asset and the amortization rate included in the lease payments must not be significant, in order to avoid overestimating the credit risk coverage attributed to leased assets.

VIII. Regarding Step-by-Step Coverage Schemes, First-Loss Coverage Schemes, personal guarantees, credit insurance, agricultural insurance, and credit derivatives, the following requirements must be met:

a) Have policies, procedures, and internal controls to carry out the coverage analysis, which must consider, at a minimum, the following:

1. The periodic evaluation of the credit quality of the entity providing Step-by-Step Coverage Schemes, First-Loss Coverage Schemes, credit insurance, agricultural insurance, and credit derivatives. For such purposes, it must consider, at a minimum, the monitoring and analysis of the Ratings assigned by Rating Agencies.

2. Regarding the Step-by-Step Coverage Scheme or First-Loss Coverage Schemes, personal guarantees, credit insurance, agricultural insurance, and credit derivatives, they must evaluate the way in which these operations were structured and the ease of their execution, considering, where applicable, other direct and contingent obligations on the credit union or the entity providing these.

b) Have contracts or other instruments documenting the constitution of the guarantees, in which the assumptions and the procedure for exercising the guarantee are stated. Regarding this, the contracts, documents, or instruments in which the guarantees are stated must:

1. Ensure that the credit union in question maintains the right to execute the guarantees legally in the event of default, insolvency, bankruptcy, or any similar event, and that the contract or instrument in which they are documented does not contain any clause that allows the Protection Provider to unilaterally cancel the coverage or increase the cost of the guarantee in the event of a deterioration in the credit quality of the covered position.

322 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

2. Be irrevocable and unconditional, so the contracts or instruments in which they are stated cannot contain any clause that allows the Protection Provider to exempt itself from paying promptly in the event that the original counterparty presents any default. In any case, the contracts or other documents can only be modified with the agreement of the credit union.

3. Be mandatory for the involved parties and legally enforceable in the corresponding jurisdictions.

4. Provide that, in the event of a default or non-payment by the debtor, the credit union can immediately initiate actions against the Protection Provider regarding the pending payment obligations. Likewise, the contracts, documents, or instruments in which the guarantees are stated must stipulate that the guarantor can make a single payment covering the total amount of the obligations pending on the debtor, or can assume the future payment of the obligations on the debtor. In any case, the obligation of the Protection Provider must be established in the documentation formalizing the operation.

c) Comply with the applicable legal requirements to obtain and maintain the right to exercise Step-by-Step Coverage Schemes or First-Loss Coverage Schemes, personal guarantees, credit insurance, agricultural insurance, and credit derivatives, as well as to carry out the necessary monitoring to ensure compliance with said requirements.

d) Not recognize Step-by-Step Coverage Schemes, First-Loss Coverage Schemes, personal guarantees, credit insurance, agricultural insurance, and credit derivatives that are granted reciprocally between whoever provides any of these risk mitigation techniques and the beneficiary credit union itself.

e) Disclose in notes to the financial statements the way in which they use Step-by-Step Coverage Schemes or First-Loss Coverage Schemes to cover credit risk. Such disclosure must be published in a general and aggregated manner, highlighting the amount covered by the Step-by-Step Coverage Scheme or First-Loss Coverage Scheme.

IX. Regarding Step-by-Step Coverage Schemes, First-Loss Coverage Schemes, or personal guarantees, credit unions must ensure, at least, the following:

a) It must be an explicitly documented obligation assumed by the Protection Provider.

b) It cannot be unilaterally cancelled by the Protection Provider.

c) The Protection Provider must cover any type of payments that the debtor is obliged to make by virtue of the legal instrument regulating the operation.

X. Regarding credit insurance or agricultural insurance, the following must be attended to:

a) Credit unions, regarding credit insurance, must at least comply with the following:

1. The insurance provider must be a specialized institution authorized by the National Commission of Insurance and Sureties to grant insurance and must have at least Investment Grade in accordance with Annex 34 of these provisions.

2. The contracts or insurance policies must:

i. Consider the conditions of partial or total default of an accreditado.

ii. Be legally enforceable in the corresponding jurisdiction. For this effect, they must allow the beneficiary credit union to execute the insurance under the agreed conditions and timeframes, unless:

1. The credit union in question fails to pay the insurance premium or the corresponding consideration for the granting of the guarantee.

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 323

2. It modifies without authorization from the granting entity the agreed conditions of the covered credits.

3. It cancels or transfers the insured credits under conditions different from those agreed, or commits any fraud linked to the guaranteed credit.

iii. Not include clauses that allow the entity granting the insurance to:

1. Cancel or revoke unilaterally, except for what is provided in sub-clause ii. of this clause.

2. Increase the cost of the insurance in the event of a deterioration in the credit quality of the covered position.

3. Object to or omit payment in the event of any default by the accreditado, except for what is provided in sub-clause ii., sub-number 2) of this clause.

4. Cover, in addition to the principal, the ordinary interest corresponding by virtue of the credit contract.

3. The payment of the premium is up to date in accordance with what is contractually established.

b) In the case of coverage with agricultural insurance, the following must be considered:

Regarding credits intended to finance the primary activity of the agricultural sector, crop and animal damage insurance may be recognized as mitigants of credit risk, when they meet the following requirements:

1. Comply with the requirements established in clause a) of fraction X of this annex.

2. The contracts or policies include the granting credit union as the direct beneficiary of the insurance, or there is some legal instrument that provides for such circumstance.

3. The insured amount covers, at least, the outstanding balance of the credit.

4. The corresponding insurance covers, at least, the following agricultural risks:

i. Frost.

ii. Flood.

iii. Clogging.

iv. Heat wave.

v. Low temperatures.

vi. Lack of floor to harvest.

vii. Hail.

viii. Fire.

ix. Excess moisture (rain).

x. Impossibility of sowing.

xi. Drought.

xii. Earthquake.

xiii. Hurricane.

xiv. Cyclone.

xv. Tornado.

xvi. Waterspout.

xvii. Strong winds.

324 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024

ANNEX 21 A STANDARD ADJUSTMENT FACTORS FOR FINANCIAL GUARANTEES

The following adjustment factors are expressed in percentages, assuming daily valuation of the asset at market prices, daily margin replenishment, and a retention period of 10 business days:

Adjustment Factors and Instruments and Assets

Instruments and Assets	Adjustment Factors
Risk Grade	Remaining Maturity
Issuers with explicit Federal Government guarantee	%
1	Less than or equal to 1 year
Greater than 1 and up to 5 years	2
Greater than 5 years	4
2, 3	Includes unqualified bank securities
Greater than 1 and up to 5 years	3
Greater than 5 years	6
4	All
Shares and convertible titles included in main indices	15
Other securities and convertible titles traded in recognized markets. Securities with risk grades 5 or 6.	25
Investment Companies	The applicable adjustment factor will be the highest presented by the instruments in which the credit union is allowed to invest.
Cash	0

Thursday, April 25, 2024 OFFICIAL GAZETTE 325

326 OFFICIAL GAZETTE Thursday, April 25, 2024